Spirit M1 User Manual

Phone User Guide  
SM  
Sprint PowerVision Phone  
M1 by Sanyo®  
©2006Sprint Nextel. Allrightsreserved. SPRINT, theGoingForward”  
logo, theNEXTELnameandlogo, andothertrademarksaretrademarksof  
Sprint Nextel. SanyoisaregisteredtrademarkofSanyoElectricCo., Ltd.  
Welcome to Sprint  
Sprint andNextelhavecometogetherofferingyoumore  
choiceandflexibilitytodowhateveryouwant, whenever  
youwant.  
This powerful combination brings you access to more  
products, more services, and more of what you need to do  
more of what you want. Welcome to a future full of  
possibility. Welcome to the new Sprint.  
Welcome and thank you for choosing Sprint.  
i
 
Introduction  
This PhoneUserGuide introduces you to Sprint PCS® Service  
and all the features of your new phone. It’s divided into four  
sections:  
 Section1: Getting Started  
 Section2: UsingYour Phone  
 Section 3: Sprint PCS Service Features  
 Section 4: Safety andWarranty Information  
Throughout this guide, you’ll find tips that highlight special  
shortcuts and timely reminders to help you make the most  
of your new phone and service.TheTable of Contents and  
Index will also help you quickly locate specific information.  
You’ll get the most out of your phone if you read each section.  
However, if you’d like to get right to a specific feature, simply  
locate that section in theTable of Contents and go directly to  
that page. Follow the instructions in that section, and you’ll  
be ready to use your phone in no time.  
Becauseofupdatesinphonesoftware, thisprinted  
guidemaynot bethemost current versionforyour  
phone.Visit www.sprint.comandlogonto MyPCS  
Wireless toaccessthemost recentversionofthephone  
userguide.  
Phone  
Guide  
Note:  
Please refer to the Important Safety Information  
section on page 252 to learn about information that  
will help you safely use your phone. Failure to read  
and follow the Important Safety Information in this  
phone guide may result in serious bodily injury,  
death, or property damage.  
WARNING  
ii  
 
Want to keep track of  
your minutes?  
It’s easy to check right  
from your phone!  
Dial  
You’ll hear a summary of your service plan minutes and  
the minutes remaining in your current billing cycle, along  
with your phone’s individual usage if you’re on a shared  
plan. You’ll also hear a summary of your account balance  
and your most recent payment information.  
Use Your Phone’s Web Browser  
From the Sprint PCS Vision Home Page, select My Account  
(Option 0). You’ll see many helpful categories including  
Payment Due, Current Usage, and Plan Overview. Select a  
topic to display the latest information.  
Note  
Reported minutes and balances are estimates only. Please  
consult your Sprint PCS invoice for actual minutes used.  
iii  
Your Phone’s Menu  
The following table outlines your phone’s list menu structure.  
For more information about using your phone’s menus, see  
“NavigatingThrough Phone Menus” on page 24.  
1: Missed Alerts  
2: Call History  
1: Outgoing  
2: Incoming  
3: Missed  
4: Recent Calls  
5: Erase History  
1: Outgoing  
3: Missed  
5: All  
2: Incoming  
4: Recent Calls  
3: Contacts  
1: Find/Add Entry  
2: Group  
3: Speed Dial #s  
4: My Name Card  
5: Wireless Backup  
1: Subscribe (sign-out state)/Unsubscribe (sign-in state)  
2: Alert  
3: Learn More  
6: Services  
1: Customer Service  
2: Dir Assistance  
4: Sprint Operator  
3: Account Info  
5: Voice Command  
4: Messaging  
1: Send Message  
1: Text  
2: Picture Mail  
3: VoiceSMS  
iv  
 
2: Text  
3: Picture Mail  
4: Premium Msgs  
5: VoiceSMS  
6: IM & Email  
7: Chat & Dating  
8: Voicemail  
1: Call Voicemail  
3: Details  
2: Call:Speaker On  
4: Clear Count  
9: Settings  
1: Notification  
1: Msgs and Icon  
2: Preset Msgs  
3: Text  
2: Icon Only  
1: Send Callback#  
3: Signature  
2: Delivery Receipt  
4: Drafts Alert  
4: VoiceSMS  
1: Speakerphone  
3: Connection Alert  
2: From Name  
4: Auto Delete  
5: On Demand  
6: Pictures  
1: Camera  
2: Camcorder  
3: Picture Mail  
4: My Albums  
1: In Phone  
2: Online Albums  
5: Order Prints  
6: Print@Home  
7: Settings & Info  
1: Location  
2: Status Bar  
3: Slideshow Interval  
5: Help  
4: Account Info  
v
7: My Content  
1: Games  
2: Themes  
3: Ringers  
4: Screen Savers  
5: Applications  
6: IM & Email  
7: Call Tones  
8: Dynamic 1-11 (If Applicable)  
9: Others (If Applicable)  
8: Music  
9: Media Player  
1: Channel Listing  
3: Playlist  
2: Media Listing  
0: Web  
: Tools  
1: Voice Services  
*
1: Voice Recorder  
2: Bluetooth  
2: Screen Call  
3: Calendar  
4: File Manager  
5: USB Connection  
1: PictBridge  
2: Mass Storage  
6: Assigned Media  
7: Update Phone  
8: More Tools  
1: Alarm Clock  
3: Countdown  
2: Stop Watch  
4: World Clock  
5: Calculator  
vi  
#: Settings  
1: Sounds  
1: Ringer Type  
1: Incoming Calls  
3: Voicemail  
2: Ready Link  
4: Messaging  
5: Calendar/Alarm  
2: Volume  
1: Ringer  
2: Advanced Ringer  
4: Application  
6: Key Beep  
3: Receiver  
5: Start-up/Pw-off  
3: Vibrate Pattern  
1: Incoming Calls  
3: Voicemail  
2: Ready Link  
4: Messaging  
5: Calendar/Alarm  
4: Alerts  
1: Service  
2: Ready Link  
4: Messaging  
6: Signal Fade  
3: Voicemail  
5: Minute Beep  
5: Others  
1: Tone Length  
3: Power-off Tone  
5: Key Press Echo  
2: Display  
2: Start-up Tone  
4: Voice Prompt  
1: Backlight  
1: Main LCD  
2: Key  
3: Sub LCD  
2: Power Save Mode  
3: Greeting  
1: Default  
2: Custom  
4: Animation  
1: Standby  
2: Outgoing Calls  
3: Service Search  
vii  
5: Incoming Calls  
6: Themes  
7: Screen Saver  
1: Main LCD  
2: Sub LCD  
2: Sub LCD  
8: Clock/Calendar  
1: Main LCD  
9: Others  
1: Font Size  
2: Match Area Code  
4: Return to Idle  
3: My Buddy  
5: Sleep Mode  
3: Power Vision  
1: Enable Vision (sign-out state)/Disable Vision (sign-in state)  
2: Net Guard  
3: Update Profile  
4: Ready Link  
1: Enable/Disable  
2: List Update  
3: Sounds  
1: Ringer Type  
3: Vibrate Pattern  
4: Speakerphone  
5: Default View  
6: Floor Display  
7: R-Link Guard  
8: Restart  
2: Ringer Volume  
4: Alerts  
9: Help  
5: Wireless Backup  
1: Subscribe (sign-out state)/Unsubscribe (sign-in state)  
2: Alert  
3: Learn More  
6: Location  
viii  
7: Bluetooth  
1: Enable/Disable  
2: Visibility  
3: Voice Priority  
4: My Device Name  
5: My Device Info  
8: Messaging  
1: Notification  
1: Msgs and Icon  
2: Preset Msgs  
3: Text  
2: Icon Only  
1: Send Callback#  
3: Signature  
2: Delivery Receipt  
4: Drafts Alert  
4: VoiceSMS  
1: Speakerphone  
3: Connection Alert  
9: Security  
2: From Name  
4: Auto Delete  
1: Lock Phone  
1: Unlocked  
2: Lock Now  
3: On Power-up  
2: Picture Mail  
1: Lock Pictures  
3: Erase/Reset  
1: Erase Ph. Book  
3: Erase Pictures  
5: Erase Voice Tag  
7: Erase Cal. Events  
9: Reset Browser  
11: Default Settings  
2: Reset Picture Mail  
2: Erase My Content  
4: Erase Voice Data  
6: Erase Messages  
8: Erase Memory  
10: Reset Favorites  
12: Reset Phone  
ix  
4: Others  
1: Change Lock  
2: Limit Use  
4: Found Me  
3: Special #s  
5: Lock Services  
10: Others  
1: Airplane Mode  
2: Roaming  
1: Set Mode  
2: Call Guard  
3: Data Roam Guard  
3: Text Entry  
1: Auto-Capital  
3: Input Language  
5: Auto-Space  
2: My Words  
4: Default Input  
6: Recent Access  
8: Add Word  
10: Help  
7: T9 Settings  
9: Auto-Complete  
4: Any Key Answer  
5: Auto Answer  
1: Hands-free  
2: Speakerphone  
2: Close  
6: Open/Close Flip  
1: Open  
7: Abbrev. Dial  
8: Power On to Alert  
9: Headset Mode  
1: Turbo Button  
3: Ringer Sound  
10: TTY  
2: Earpiece  
11: Navigation Keys  
1: Left Navigation (Media Player) 2: Right Navigation (On Demand)  
3: Up Navigation (Send Text to) 4: Down Navigation (My Content)  
12: Key Guard  
13: Language  
1: English  
2: Español  
x
11: Phone Info  
1: Phone#/User ID  
2: Icon Glossary  
3: Version  
4: Advanced  
5: Phone Status  
IN USE MENU  
Select Options (right softkey) to display the following options:  
1: Flash  
2: Mute/Unmute  
3: Speaker On/Speaker Off 4: Three-Way Call  
5: Missed Alerts  
7: Contacts  
9: Tools  
6: Call History  
8: Messaging  
10: Settings  
xi  
Section 1  
Getting Started  
 
Section 1A  
Setting Up Service  
In This Section  
GettingStartedWithSprint PCS Service (page 3)  
SettingUpYourVoicemail (page 4)  
Sprint PCSAccount Passwords (page 5)  
GettingHelp (page 6)  
Settingupserviceonyournewphoneisquickandeasy.This  
section walks you through the necessary steps to unlock  
your phone, set up your voicemail, establish passwords,  
and contact Sprint for assistance with your Sprint PCS  
service.  
2
Section 1A: Setting Up Service  
 
GettingStartedWithSprint PCSService  
DeterminingifYourPhoneisAlreadyActivated  
If you purchased your phone at a Sprint Store, it is probably  
activated, unlocked, and ready to use. If you received your  
phone in the mail, it probably has been activated; all you need  
to do is unlock it.  
If your phone is not activated, please refer to the activation  
card included with your phone.  
UnlockingYourPhone  
Tounlockyourphone, followtheseeasysteps:  
1. Press  
to turn the phone on.  
2. Select Unlock (left softkey).  
Toselectasoftkey, pressthesoftkeybuttondirectlybelowthe  
softkeytext that isdisplayedat thebottomleft andbottom  
rightofyourphone’sdisplayscreen. Softkeyactionschange  
accordingtothescreenyou’reviewingandwillnot be  
displayedifthereisnocorrespondingactionavailable.  
Note:  
3. Enter your four-digit lock code. (For security purposes,  
the code is not visible as you type.)  
Ifyoucan’t recallyourlockcode, tryusingthelast fourdigits  
ofeitheryourSocialSecuritynumberorwirelessphone  
number, ortry0000orNATL(6285). Ifnoneofthesework, call  
Sprint CustomerServiceat 1-888-211-4PCS(4727).  
Tip:  
Section 1A: Setting Up Service  
3
 
SettingUpYourVoicemail  
All unanswered calls to your phone are automatically  
transferred to your voicemail, even if your phone is in use or  
turned off.Therefore, you will want to set up your voicemail  
and personal greeting as soon as your phone is activated.  
Toset upyourvoicemail:  
1. From standby mode, press and hold  
.
2. Follow the system prompts to:  
Create your passcode.  
Record your name announcement.  
Record your greeting.  
Choose whether to activate One-Touch Message  
Access (a feature that lets you access messages  
simply by pressing and holding  
, bypassing the  
need for you to enter your passcode).  
VoicemailPasscode  
Note:  
Ifyouareconcernedabout unauthorizedaccesstoyour  
voicemailaccount, Sprint recommendsthat youenableyour  
voicemailpasscode(donot activateOne-TouchMessage  
Access).  
For more information about using your voicemail, see “Using  
Voicemail” on page 229.  
4
Section 1A: Setting Up Service  
 
Sprint PCSAccount Passwords  
As a Sprint PCS customer, you enjoy unlimited access to your  
personal account information, your voicemail account, and  
SM  
your Sprint PCSVision® or Sprint PowerVision account.To  
ensure that no one else has access to your information, you  
will need to create passwords to protect your privacy.  
Account Password  
If you are the account owner, you’ll have an account password  
to sign on to www.sprint.com and to use when calling Sprint  
Customer Service. Your default account password is the last  
four digits of your Social Security number. If you are not the  
account owner (if someone else receives the bill for your  
Sprint PCS service), you can get a sub-account password at  
VoicemailPassword  
You’ll create your voicemail password (or passcode) when you  
set up your voicemail. See “Setting UpYourVoicemail” on  
page 4 for more information on your voicemail password.  
Sprint PCSVisionorSprint PowerVisionPassword  
With your Sprint PCSVision Phone or Sprint PowerVision  
Phone, you will be assigned a Sprint PCSVision or Sprint Power  
Vision user name and password.  
For more information, or to change your passwords, sign  
on to www.sprint.com or call Sprint Customer Service at  
1-888-211-4PCS(4727).  
Section 1A: Setting Up Service  
5
 
GettingHelp  
You can go online to:  
Access your account information.  
Check your minutes used (depending on your  
Sprint PCS service plan).  
View and pay your bill.  
Make your life easier by enrolling in Sprint PCS online  
billing and automatic payment.  
Purchase accessories.  
Shop for the latest Sprint phones.  
View available Sprint PCS service plans and options.  
Learn more about the Sprint PowerVision Network and  
other great products like Sprint PCS® Picture Mail, games,  
ringers, screen savers, and more.  
ReachingSprintCustomerService  
You can reach Sprint Customer Service many different ways:  
Dial  
on your phone.  
Sign on to your account at www.sprint.com.  
Call us toll-free at 1-888-211-4727 (Consumer customers)  
or 1-888-788-4727 (Business customers).  
Write to us at Sprint Customer Service, P.O. Box 8077,  
London, KY 40742.  
6
Section 1A: Setting Up Service  
 
ReceivingAutomatedBillingInformation  
For your convenience, your phone gives you access to billing  
information on your Sprint PCS account.This information  
includes balance due, payment received, invoicing cycle, and  
an estimate of the number of minutes used since your last  
invoicing cycle.  
Toaccessautomatedbillinginformation:  
Press  
.
Thisservicemaynot beavailableinallAffiliateareas.  
Note:  
Sprint 411  
Call  
from your phone and you’ll have  
access to a variety of services and information through  
Sprint 411, including residential, business, and government  
listings; movie listings or showtimes; driving directions,  
restaurant reservations, and major local event information.  
You can get up to three pieces of information per call, and  
the operator can automatically connect your call at no  
additional charge.  
There is a per-call charge to use Sprint 411, and you will be  
billed for airtime.  
TocallSprint 411:  
Press  
.
Section 1A: Setting Up Service  
7
Sprint PCSOperatorServices  
Sprint PCS Operator Services provides assistance when  
placing collect calls or when placing calls billed to a local  
telephone calling card or third party.  
ToaccessSprint PCSOperatorServices:  
Press  
.
For more information or to see the latest in products and  
services, visit us online at www.sprint.com.  
8
Section 1A: Setting Up Service  
Section 2  
Using Your Phone  
 
Section 2A  
Phone Basics  
In This Section  
FrontViewofYourPhone(page 11)  
ViewingtheDisplayScreen(page 15)  
FeaturesofYourPhone(page 18)  
TurningYour PhoneOnandOff(page 20)  
UsingYourPhone’sBatteryandCharger(page 21)  
NavigatingThroughPhoneMenus(page 24)  
DisplayingYourPhoneNumber(page 25)  
MakingandAnsweringCalls(page 26)  
EnteringText (page 41)  
Yourphoneispackedwithfeaturesthat simplifyyourlife  
andexpandyourabilitytostayconnectedtothepeopleand  
informationthat areimportant toyou.This section will guide  
you through the basic functions and calling features of  
your phone.  
10  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
 
FrontViewofYourPhone  
1. Earpiece  
2. Main LCD (display)  
3. Navigation Key  
4. Softkey (left)  
5. MENU/OK Key  
6. Camera Key  
18. Softkey (right)  
17. Side Call Key  
16. BACK Key  
7. Ready Link/  
Recorder Button  
15. Side Camera Key  
8. TALK Key  
14. END/POWER Key  
13. Keypad  
9. Side Volume Key  
10. SPEAKER Key  
11. Microphone  
12. Accessories Jack  
19. LED  
25. Internal  
Antenna  
Indicator  
20. Speaker  
26. Camera  
Lens  
21. Headset  
Jack  
27. Flash  
22. Sub LCD  
23. Charger  
Jack  
24. External  
Control Key  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
11  
 
KeyFunctions  
1. Earpieceletsyouhearthecallerandautomatedprompts.  
2. MainLCD(display)displaysalltheinformationneededto  
operateyourphone, suchasthecallstatus, theContactslist,  
thedateandtime, andthesignalandbatterystrength.  
3. NavigationKeyallowsyoutoscrollthroughmenusquickly  
andeasily.Thesekeyscanalsobereassignedtocreate  
customizedshortcuts.  
4. Softkey(left)letsyouselect softkeyactionsormenuitems  
correspondingtothebottomleft lineontheMainLCD.  
5. MENU/OKKeyletsyouaccessthephone’smenusandselects  
thehighlightedchoicewhennavigatingthroughamenu.  
6. CameraKeyletsyouaccessthePicturesmenuandtake  
picturesandvideos.  
7. ReadyLink/RecorderButtonallowsyoutoaccessthe  
Sprint PCSReadyLink®List orVoiceRecordermenu. (See  
“UsingSprint PCSReadyLink” onpage180or “Usingthe  
VoiceRecorder” onpage144.)  
8. TALKKey allowsyoutoplaceorreceivecalls, answerCall  
Waiting, useThree-WayCalling, oractivateVoiceDial.  
9. SideVolumeKeyallowsyoutoadjust theringervolumein  
standbymode(withthephoneopen)oradjust thevoice  
volumeduringacall.Thevolumekeycanalsobeusedtoscroll  
upordowntonavigatethroughthedifferent menuoptions.  
10. SPEAKERKeyletsyouplaceorreceivecallsinspeakerphone  
mode.  
11. Microphoneallowsothercallerstohearyouclearlywhenyou  
arespeakingtothem.  
12  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
12. AccessoriesJackallowsyoutoconnect aUSBcable(included).  
CAUTION!Insertinganaccessoryintotheincorrect jackmay  
damagethephone.  
13. Keypadletsyouenternumbers, letters, andcharacters,  
andnavigatewithinmenus. Pressandholdkeys2-9for  
speeddialing.  
14. END/POWERKeyletsyouturnthephoneonoroff, endacall,  
orreturntostandbymode.Whileinthemainmenu, it  
returnsthephonetostandbymodeandcancelsyourinput.  
Whenyoureceiveanincomingcall, presstoentersilent mode  
andmutetheringer.  
15. SideCameraKeyletsyouaccess thecameraandvideomode  
andtakepicturesandvideos.  
16. BACK Key deletescharactersfromthedisplayintext entry  
mode.Wheninamenu, pressingtheBackkeyreturnsyouto  
thepreviousmenu.Thiskeyalsoallowsyoutoreturntothe  
previousscreeninaSprint PCSVisionsession.  
17. SideCallKeyletsyouplacecallsbyusingAutomaticSpeech  
Recognition.  
18. Softkey(right)letsyouselect softkeyactionsormenuitems  
correspondingtothebottomrightlineontheMainLCD.  
19. LEDIndicatorshowsyourphone’sconnectionstatusat  
aglance.  
20. Speakerletsyouhearthedifferent ringersandsounds.You  
canmutetheringerwhenreceivingincomingcallsby  
pressing  
,
oranyoftheexternalkeys.Thespeakeralso  
letsyouhearthecaller’svoiceinspeakerphonemode.  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
13  
21. Headset Jackallowsyoutoplugineitherastereoheadset  
(included)oranoptionalheadset forconvenient, hands-free  
conversations. CAUTION!Insertinganaccessoryintothe  
incorrect jackmaydamagethephone.  
Tousethestereoheadset includedwithyourphone, please  
attachthesuppliedadapterplug.  
Note:  
22. SubLCDletsyoumonitorthephone’sstatusandseewho’s  
callingwithout openingthephone.  
23. ChargerJackconnectsthephonetotheTravelCharger  
(included).  
24. ExternalControlKeyletsyouaccesstheSprint MusicStoreor  
navigatethroughthemediaplayermenuandplaymusic  
without openingthephone.Thiskeycanalsobeusedwhen  
usingtheCameraandVoiceRecorderfunctions.  
25. InternalAntennafacilitatesreceptionandtransmission.  
Tomaximizecallperformance, donot obstruct theinternal  
antennaarea. (Seepage26.)  
26. CameraLens, aspart ofthebuilt-incamera, letsyoutake  
picturesandvideos.  
27. Flashletsyoutakepicturesandvideosinlowlight.  
14  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
ViewingtheDisplayScreen  
Your phone’s display screen provides a wealth of information  
about your phone’s status and options.This list identifies the  
symbols you’ll see on your phone’s display screen:  
Toviewalist ofyourphone’siconsanddescriptions, fromthe  
mainmenuselect Settings>PhoneInfo>IconGlossary.  
Tip:  
shows your current signal strength.The more lines  
you have, the stronger your signal.  
means your phone cannot find a signal.  
indicates the call is on hold.  
tells you a call is in progress.  
indicates the Sprint PCS Ready Link service is enabled.  
indicates the Sprint PCS Ready Link service is enabled  
and the speakerphone mode is set to on.  
indicates the Sprint PCS Ready Link service is  
disabled.  
indicates Sprint PCSVision/Sprint PCS Ready Link  
access is active.  
indicates Sprint PCSVision/Sprint PCS Ready Link  
access is dormant.  
indicates Sprint PCSVision/Sprint PCS Ready Link  
access is disabled.  
indicates Sprint PowerVision status.  
indicates Sprint PowerVision service is available.  
(The icon is animated while service is active.)  
indicates Sprint PowerVision service is dormant.  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
15  
 
indicates you are “roaming” off the Nationwide  
Sprint PCS Network.  
indicates you have missed voice calls.  
indicates you have missed Ready Link calls.  
indicates you have scheduled events or call alarms.  
indicates you have alarm clock or countdown  
notifications.  
indicates you have picture messages, voicemail  
messages, text messages, orSMSVoicemessages.  
indicates you have urgent messages.  
indicates you have two or more different types of  
missed calls, scheduled events, call alarms, or alarm  
clock notifications.  
indicates you have a new wireless backup alert.  
indicates the Bluetooth feature is enabled (blue icon).  
indicates the handset is discoverable by another  
Bluetooth device.  
indicates the handset is connected to a Bluetooth  
device (green icon).  
indicates the handset is communicating with a  
Bluetooth device.  
indicates your access to a secure site.  
shows the level of your battery charge.The more  
black you see, the more power you have left. (The icon  
is animated while the battery is charging.)  
shows your battery is charging in “Power Off” state.  
indicatesvolumelevel1to8andvibratefeatureareset.  
indicates 1-beep feature is set.  
16  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
indicates 1-beep and vibrate feature are set.  
indicates the voice call ringer setting is off.  
indicates the voice call ringer setting is off and the  
vibrate feature is set.  
indicates all the sound settings are off and the vibrate  
feature is set.  
indicates all the sound settings are off.  
indicatestheLocationfeatureofyourphoneisenabled.  
indicatestheLocationfeatureofyourphoneisdisabled.  
indicates you have a new caller’s message.  
indicates the Screen Call Auto setting is on.  
indicates your phone is inTTY mode.  
indicates Headset mode is set to Sprint PCS Ready  
Link and a headset is connected.  
indicates Headset mode is set toVoice Calls and a  
headset is connected.  
indicates the alarm clock or countdown setting is on.  
indicates the speakerphone mode is set to on.  
indicates a call is in progress using the Bluetooth  
device.  
indicates the wired Car Kit device is set to on.  
indicates the wired Headset device is set to on.  
indicates music is playing in the background.  
Displayindicatorshelpyoumanageyourroamingchargesby  
lettingyouknowwhenyou’reofftheNationwideSprint PCS  
Network. (Formoreinformation, seeSection2D:Controlling  
YourRoamingExperienceonpage92.)  
Note:  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
17  
FeaturesofYourPhone  
Congratulations on the purchase of your phone.The M1 by  
Sanyo is lightweight, easy-to-use, and reliable, and it also  
offers many significant features and service options.The  
following list previews some of those features and provides  
page numbers where you can find out more:  
Digital dual-band capability allows you to make and  
receive calls while on the Nationwide Sprint PCS Network  
and to roam on other 1900 and 800 MHz digital networks  
where Sprint has implemented roaming agreements  
(page 92).  
SMSText Messaging (page 237), and SMSVoice Messaging  
(page 241) provide quick and convenient messaging  
capabilities.  
Sprint PCSVoice Command lets you dial phone numbers  
by speaking someone’s name or the digits of that person’s  
phone number (page 246).  
Your Contacts list allows you to store up to 500 entries,  
with up to seven phone numbers per entry (page 105).  
A separate Sprint PCS Ready Link Contacts list provides  
easy access to up to 200 personal contacts and 200  
company-provided contacts (page 183).  
The built-in Calendar offers several personal information  
management features to help you manage your busy  
lifestyle (page 117).  
Your phone is equipped with a Location feature for use in  
connection with location-based services that may be  
available in the future (page 61).  
Your phone’s external LCD display allows you to monitor  
the phone’s status and to see who’s calling without  
opening the phone.  
18  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
 
T9Text Input lets you quickly type messages with one  
keypress per letter (page 43).  
Speed dial lets you dial phone numbers with one keypress  
(page 40).  
The built-in camera allows you to take full-color digital  
pictures and videos, view your pictures and videos using  
the phone’s display, and instantly send them to family and  
friends using Sprint PCS Picture Mail service (page 152).  
The external control key allows you to access the Sprint  
Music Store or navigate through the media player menu  
and play music without opening the phone (page 212).  
The Automatic Speech Recognition (ASR) allows you to  
place calls by speaking to your phone (page 137).  
The File Manager allows you to manage multiple file  
stored in the phone’s memory (page 130).  
Supports PictBridge to connect and print to any PictBridge  
compliant printer (page 178).  
The Media Player allows you to enjoy streaming video and  
audio with your phone (page 205).  
The built-in Bluetooth technology allows you to connect  
wirelessly to a number of Bluetooth devices to share  
information more easily than ever before (page 216).  
Sprint PowerVision Yourphoneandserviceprovideaccessto  
Note:  
theSprint PowerVisionNetworkanditsenhanceddata  
SM  
SM  
services, includingSprintTV , theSprint MusicStore , fast  
Webaccess, downloadablegames, ringers, andapplications,  
andmore. Forcompleteinformationontheservicesavailable,  
seethe Experience theSprintPowerVisionNetworkguidethat  
camewithyourphone.  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
19  
TurningYourPhoneOnandOff  
TurningYourPhoneOn  
Toturnyourphoneon:  
Press  
.
Once your phone is on, it may display “Looking for service...,”  
which indicates that your phone is searching for a signal.  
When your phone finds a signal, it automatically enters  
standby mode – the phone’s idle state. At this point, you are  
ready to begin making and receiving calls.  
If your phone is unable to find a signal after 15 minutes of  
searching, a Power Save feature is automatically activated.  
When a signal is found, your phone automatically returns to  
standby mode.  
In Power Save mode, your phone searches for a signal  
periodically without your intervention. You can also initiate a  
search for Sprint PCS service by pressing any key (when your  
phone is turned on).  
ThePowerSavefeaturehelpstoconserveyourbatterypower  
whenyouareinanareawherethereisnosignal.  
Tip:  
TurningYourPhoneOff  
Toturnyourphoneoff:  
Press and hold  
for two seconds until you see the  
powering down animation on the display screen.  
Your screen remains blank while your phone is off (unless the  
battery is charging).  
20  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
 
UsingYourPhone’sBatteryandCharger  
Use only Sprint-approved or manufacturer-approved  
batteries and chargers with your phone. The failure  
to use a Sprint-approved or manufacturer-approved  
battery and charger may increase the risk that your  
phone will overheat, catch fire, or explode, resulting  
in serious bodily injury, death, or property damage.  
WARNING  
Sprint-approved or manufacturer-approved batteries and  
accessories can be found at Sprint Stores or through your  
phone’s manufacturer; or call 1-866-343-1114 to order.  
They’re also available at www.sprint.com – click on the Wireless  
link under Personal, and then click Accessories.  
BatteryCapacity  
Your phone is equipped with a Lithium Ion (Li-Ion) battery.  
It allows you to recharge your battery before it is fully drained.  
The battery provides up to 3.8 hours of continuous digital  
talk time.  
When there are approximately two minutes of talk time left,  
the phone sounds an audible alert and then powers down.  
Longbacklight settings, searchingforservice, vibratemode,  
browseruse, andothervariablesmayaffect thebattery’stalk  
andstandbytimes.  
Note:  
Tip:  
Besuretowatchyourphone’sbatterylevelindicatorand  
chargethebatterybeforeit runsout ofpower.  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
21  
 
InstallingtheBattery  
ToinstalltheLi-Ionbattery:  
To install, insert the battery into the opening on the back  
of the phone and gently press down until the latch snaps  
into place.  
RemovingtheBattery  
Do not handle a damaged or leaking Li-Ion battery as  
you can be burned.  
WARNING  
Toremoveyourbattery:  
1. Make sure the power is off so that you don’t lose any  
stored numbers or messages.  
2. Push up on the battery release latch and lift the battery  
up and away from the phone.  
22  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
ChargingtheBattery  
Your phone’s Li-Ion battery is rechargeable and should be  
charged as soon as possible so you can begin using your phone.  
Keeping track of your battery’s charge is important. If your  
battery level becomes too low, your phone automatically  
turns off, and you will lose all the information you were just  
working on. For a quick check of your phone’s battery level,  
glance at the battery charge indicator located in the  
upper-right corner of your phone’s display screen. If the  
battery charge is getting too low, the battery icon (  
appears and the phone displays a warning message.  
)
Always use a Sprint-approved or manufacturer-approved  
desktop charger, travel charger, or vehicle power adapter to  
charge your battery.  
UsingtheCharger  
Tousethetravelchargerprovidedwithyourphone:  
1. Plug the travel charger into a wall outlet.  
2. Plug the other end of the travel charger into the charger  
jack at the lower left portion of your phone (with the  
battery installed).  
A red indicator light on the phone lets you know the  
battery is charging.  
A green indicator light lets you know when charging  
completed.  
With the Sprint-approved Li-Ion battery, you can recharge the  
battery before it becomes completely run down.  
Youcanalsochargeyourphone’sbatterywiththeincluded  
USBcable. SimplyplugoneendoftheUSBcableintoyour  
phoneandtheotherendintoafreeUSBport onyourdesktop  
orlaptopcomputer.  
Note:  
Ifyourbatteryhasbeencompletelyrundown, it cannot be  
chargedviatheUSBcable.  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
23  
NavigatingThroughPhoneMenus  
The navigation key on your phone allows you to scroll through  
menus quickly and easily.The scroll bar at the right of the  
menu keeps track of your position in the menu at all times.  
To navigate through a menu, simply press the navigation key  
up or down. If you are in a first-level menu, such as Settings,  
you may also navigate to the next or previous first-level menu  
by pressing the navigation key right or left.  
For a diagram of your phone’s menu, please see “Your Phone’s  
Menu” on page iv-xi.  
SelectingMenuItems  
As you navigate through the menu, menu options are  
highlighted. Select any numbered option by simply pressing  
the corresponding number on the phone’s keypad. You may  
also select any item by highlighting it and pressing  
.
For example, if you want to view your last incoming call:  
1. Select to access the main menu.  
2. Select CallHistoryby pressing  
or by highlighting it  
and pressing . (It may already be highlighted.)  
3. Select Incoming by pressing or by highlighting it  
and pressing . (If you have received any calls, they are  
displayed on the screen.)  
Forthepurposesofthisguide, theabovestepscondenseinto  
“SelectMENU>CallHistory>Incoming.”  
Note:  
24  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
 
BackingUpWithinaMenu  
Togotothepreviousmenu:  
Press  
.
Toreturntostandbymode:  
Press  
.
DisplayingYourPhoneNumber  
Just in case you forget your phone number, your phone can  
remind you.  
Todisplayyourphonenumber:  
Select  
>Settings>PhoneInfo>Phone#/UserID. (Your  
phone number and other information about your phone  
and account will be displayed.)  
Youcanalsodisplayyourphonenumberthroughthe  
Contactsmenu. Select MENU>Contacts>MyNameCard.To  
sendyourcontact informationusingBluetooth, select  
Options (right softkey) >SendviaBluetooth.  
Tip:  
Toselect menuoptions(suchas Settings, above), highlight the  
optionandpressMENU. (Ifthemenuoptionsarenumbered,  
youmayalsoselect anoptionsimplybypressingthe  
correspondingnumberkey.)  
Note:  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
25  
 
MakingandAnsweringCalls  
HoldingyourPhone  
To maximize performance, do not obstruct the upper back  
portion of your phone where the internal antenna is located  
while using the phone.  
Correct  
Incorrect  
Internal Antenna  
MakingCalls  
Placing a call from your wireless phone is as easy as making  
a call from any landline phone. Just enter the number,  
press  
, and you’re on your way to clear calls.  
Tomakeacallusingyourkeypad:  
1. Make sure your phone is on.  
2. Enter a phone number from standby mode. (If you make  
a mistake while dialing, press to erase one digit at a  
time. Press and hold to erase the entire number.)  
3. Press  
. (To make a call when you are roaming and  
Call Guard is enabled, highlight RoamCall and press  
.
See “Using Call Guard” on page 96.)  
4. Press  
or close the phone when you are finished.  
Toredialyourmost recent call(outgoing, incoming, ormissed),  
pressTALK twice.  
Tip:  
WhenmakingcallsofftheNationwideSprint PCSNetwork,  
alwaysdialusing11digits(1+areacode+phonenumber).  
26  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
 
You can also place calls from your phone by using Sprint PCS  
Voice Command (page 249), speed dialing numbers from your  
Contacts (page 40), and by using your Call History listings  
(page 101), Automatic Speech Recognition (page 137), and  
Voice-Activated Dialing (page 135).  
DialingOptions  
When you enter numbers in standby mode, select Options  
(right softkey) to display the following dialing options.  
To initiate an option, highlight it and press  
.
Abbrev. Dial to dial the phone number in your Contacts list  
that ends with the digits you entered. (See “Using  
Abbreviated Dialing” on page 38.)  
Call to dial the phone number.  
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone  
mode.  
SendMessageto send an SMSText message (page 237), an  
SMSVoice message (page 241), or a Picture Mail  
(page 171).  
SavePhone# to save the phone number in your Contacts  
list. (See “Saving a Phone Number” on page 36.)  
Find to display Contacts list entries that end with the  
digits you entered. (See “Finding a Phone Number” on  
page 37.)  
HardPause to insert a hard pause. (See “Dialing and  
Saving Phone NumbersWith Pauses” on page 37.)  
2-Sec. Pause to insert a two-second pause. (See “Dialing  
and Saving Phone NumbersWith Pauses” on page 37.)  
Hyphen to insert a hyphen. (Hyphens are generally for  
visual appeal only; they are not necessary when entering  
numbers.)  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
27  
AnsweringCalls  
Toansweranincomingcallwiththephoneopen:  
1. Make sure your phone is on. (If your phone is off,  
incoming calls go to voicemail.)  
2. Press  
to answer an incoming call. (Depending on  
your phone’s settings, you may also answer incoming  
calls by opening the phone or by pressing any number  
key. See “Setting the Open/Close Flip Option” on page 74  
and “Setting Any Key Answer” on page 73 for more  
information.)  
Toansweranincomingcallwiththephoneclosed:  
1. Make sure your phone is on. (If your phone is off,  
incoming calls go to voicemail.)  
2. When your phone rings or vibrates, press and hold the  
Side Call key (  
) on the right side of the phone. (The  
call will be answered in speakerphone mode.)  
– or –  
Open the phone to use the earpiece.  
IfthesettingforOpenFlipisset toNoAction,openingthe  
phonewillnot answerthecall. (SeeSettingtheOpen/Close  
FlipOptiononpage74.)  
Note:  
28  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
Your phone notifies you of incoming calls in the following  
ways:  
The phone rings or vibrates.  
The indicator light flashes.  
The backlight illuminates.  
The screen displays an incoming call message.  
If the incoming call is from a number stored in your Contacts,  
the entry’s name is displayed.The caller’s phone number may  
also be displayed, if available.  
When receiving a call, the following options are also displayed  
by selecting Options (right softkey).To select an option,  
highlight it and press  
.
CallGuard to answer the call when you are in roaming  
mode. (See “Using Call Guard” on page 96.)  
Answer or Answer:Speaker to answer the call.  
SelectAudio to switch the call to your desired device (if  
available).  
AnsweronHold to put the call on hold.  
ScreenCall to answer the call by using a prerecorded  
announcement. (See “Setting Up Screen Call” on  
page 149.)  
Quiet Ringer to mute the ringer (if available).  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
29  
AnsweringaRoamCallWithCallGuardEnabled  
Call Guard is an option that helps you manage your roaming  
charges when making or receiving calls while outside the  
Nationwide Sprint PCS Network. Please see Section 2D:  
ControllingYour Roaming Experience for more information  
about roaming.  
ToansweracallwhenyouareroamingandCallGuardisenabled:  
1. Press  
.
2. Press  
to proceed while the pop-up message is  
displayed.  
Whenyourphoneisoff, incomingcallsgodirectlyto  
voicemail.  
Note:  
EndingaCall  
Todisconnect acallwhenyouarefinished:  
Close the phone or press  
.
IfthesettingforCloseFlipisnot set toEnd,closingthe  
phonewillnot endthecall. (SeeSettingtheOpen/CloseFlip  
Optiononpage74.)  
Note:  
30  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
MissedCallNotification  
When an incoming call is not answered, the Missed Call log is  
displayed on your screen.  
TocalltheMissedCallentryfromthenotificationscreen:  
Select Call (left softkey).  
Ifyouhavetwoormorenotifications, theMissedAlertslist  
willappear.  
Tip:  
TodisplayaMissedCallentryfromstandbymode:  
1. Select >MissedAlerts.  
2. Highlight the entry you wish to view and press  
.
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
31  
CallingEmergencyNumbers  
You can place calls to 911 (dial  
), even if  
your phone is locked or your account is restricted.  
Whenyouplaceanemergencycall, yourphoneautomatically  
entersEmergencymode.  
Note:  
During an emergency call select Options (right softkey) to  
display your options.To select an option, highlight it and  
press  
.
SpeakerOn to activate speakerphone mode. (If you are  
already in speakerphone mode, SpeakerOff will be  
displayed.)  
UnlockPhone to unlock your phone (appears only if the  
phone is locked).  
CloseMenu to close the pop-up menu (appears only if the  
phone is unlocked).  
Select MyPhone (left softkey)todisplayyourphonenumber  
duringanemergencycall.  
Tip:  
Toexit Emergencymode:  
1. Press  
to end a 911 call.  
2. Select Options (right softkey) to display the options  
menu.  
3. Highlight Exit Emergency and press  
.
WhenyouareinEmergencymode, youcanexit onlyfromthe  
optionsmenu.  
Note:  
32  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
Toselect Emergencymodeoptions:  
1. Press to end a 911 call.  
2. Select Options (right softkey).  
Call911 to call 911.  
Call911:Speaker to call 911 in speakerphone mode.  
Exit Emergency to exit Emergency mode.  
3. Highlight an option and press  
.
Enhanced911(E911)Information  
This phone features an embedded Global Positioning System  
(GPS) chip necessary for utilizing E911 emergency location  
services where available.  
When you place an emergency 911 call, the GPS feature of  
your phone begins to seek information to calculate your  
approximate location. Depending on several variables,  
including availability and access to satellite signals, it may  
take up to 30 seconds or more to determine and report your  
approximate location.  
Alwaysreport yourlocationtothe911operatorwhen  
placinganemergencycall. Somedesignated  
IMPORTANT  
emergencycalltakers, knownasPublicSafety  
AnsweringPoints(PSAPs)maynot beequippedto  
receiveGPSlocationinformationfromyourphone.  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
33  
In-CallOptions  
Selecting Options (right softkey) during a call displays a list of  
features you may use during the call.To select an option,  
highlight the option and press .The following options are  
available through the Options menu:  
Flash to answer an incoming CallWaiting call or to connect  
a third party duringThree-Way Calling.  
Mute or Unmute to mute or reactivate your phone’s  
microphone.  
TransferAudio to switch the call to your desired device (if  
applicable).  
SpeakerOnor SpeakerOff routes the phone’s audio  
through the speaker or through the earpiece.  
Select SpeakerOn to route the phone’s audio  
through the speaker. (You can adjust the speaker  
volume using the volume keys on the side of the  
phone.)  
Select SpeakerOff to use the phone’s earpiece.  
Becauseofhighervolumelevels, donot placethephone  
nearyourearduringspeakerphoneuse.  
WARNING  
Three-WayCall tocallathirdparty.  
MissedAlerts todisplaymissednotifications.  
CallHistory toaccesstheCallHistorymenu. (SeeManaging  
CallHistory” onpage98.)  
ContactstoaccesstheContactsmenu. (SeeUsing  
Contacts” onpage104.)  
Messaging toaccesstheMessagingmenu.  
34  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
Tools toaccesstheToolsmenu. (SeeUsingthePhone’s  
CalendarandTools” onpage116.)  
Settings toaccesstheSettingsmenu. (SeeControllingYour  
Phone’sSettings” onpage46.)  
During a call, both the left softkey button and the Side Call key  
) function as the Mute button. Press either one to mute  
(
the phone’s microphone for privacy. Press it again to unmute  
the phone.  
End-of-CallOptions  
To display the following options, select Options (right softkey)  
within 10 seconds after disconnecting a call.To select an  
option, highlight it and press  
.
CallAgain to dial the phone number.  
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone  
mode.  
SendMessageto send aText, Picture Mail, or SMSVoice  
message.  
SavePhone# to save the phone number in your Contacts list.  
GotoPhoneBook appears when the number is  
already in your Contacts list. (See “Saving a Phone  
Number” on page 36.)  
Rename to change the current entry’s name to Caller ID  
name (if applicable).  
TheEnd-of-Calloptionsarenot displayedforcallsidentifiedas  
NoCallerIDorRestricted.  
Note:  
Youcanalsochoosetosendamessagebyselecting SendMsg  
(leftsoftkey).  
Tip:  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
35  
SavingaPhoneNumber  
Your phone can store up to 700 phone numbers in up to 500  
Contacts entries. Each entry’s name can contain 32 characters.  
Your phone automatically sorts the Contacts entries  
alphabetically. (For more information, see Section 2F: Using  
Contacts on page 104.)  
Tosaveanumberfromstandbymode:  
1. Enter a phone number and select Options (right softkey) >  
SavePhone#.  
2. Select NewName to create a new Contacts entry for the  
number or FromPh. Book to save the number to an  
existing entry. (This step is not necessary on the very first  
entry in Contacts.)  
3. Select a label and press  
.
4. Enter a name for the new entry using the keypad and  
press  
– or –  
.
Search for an existing contact name and press  
the new number.  
to save  
5. Select Save (left softkey) to save the entry.  
6. Select Done (left softkey) to return to standby mode.  
36  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
FindingaPhoneNumber  
You can search Contacts entries for phone numbers that  
contain a specific string of numbers.  
Tofindaphonenumber:  
1. Enter the last four or more digits of the number in  
standby mode. (The more numbers you enter, the more  
specific the search becomes.)  
2. Select Options (right softkey)>Find. (The Contacts entry  
that ends with the digits you entered appears.)  
3. To display the Contacts entry that contains the phone  
number you entered, highlight the entry and press  
To dial the number, press  
.
.
DialingandSavingPhoneNumbersWithPauses  
You can dial or save phone numbers with pauses for use with  
automated systems, such as voicemail or credit card billing  
numbers.  
There are two types of pauses available on your phone:  
HardPause sends the next set of numbers when you  
press  
.
2-Sec. Pause automatically sends the next set of  
numbers after two seconds.  
Youcanhavemultiplepausesinaphonenumberand  
combinetwo-secondandhardpauses.  
Note:  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
37  
Todialorsavephonenumberswithpauses:  
1. Enter the phone number.  
2. Select Options (right softkey) and select either  
HardPause or 2-Sec. Pause. (Hard pauses are displayed as  
a “P” and two-second pauses as a “T.”)  
3. Enter additional numbers.  
4. Press  
to dial the number.  
– or –  
Select Options (right softkey) >SavePhone# to save the  
number in your Contacts.  
Whendialinganumberwithahardpause, press TALK tosend  
thenext set ofnumbers.  
Note:  
UsingAbbreviatedDialing  
Abbreviated Dialing is similar to speed dialing. It allows you to  
dial a number by entering the last four or five digits of any  
number in your Contacts directory.This feature becomes  
available when you enable Abbreviated Dialing and program  
a five-or six- digit prefix you wish to use for abbreviated  
dialing. (See “Setting Abbreviated Dialing” on page 77.)  
ToplaceacallusingAbbreviatedDialing:  
1. Enter the last four or five digits of the prefix phone  
number.  
2. Press  
.
Ifthedigitsmatchmorethanoneentry, theAbbrev. Diallist  
willbedisplayed;select thecorrect entryandpressTALKagain.  
Note:  
Youcanalsoplaceacallbyselecting Options (right softkey) >  
Abbrev. Dial afterstep1above.  
Tip:  
38  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
Plus(+)CodeDialing  
When placing international calls, you can use Plus Code  
Dialing to automatically enter the international access code  
for your location (for example, 011 for international calls  
made from the United States).This feature is subject to  
network availability.  
TomakeacallusingPlusCodeDialing:  
1. Press and hold  
until a “+” is displayed on your  
phone screen.  
2. Dial the country code and phone number you’re calling,  
and press . (The access code for international dialing  
will automatically be dialed, followed by the country  
code and phone number.)  
DialingFromtheContactsList  
TodialdirectlyfromaContactsentry:  
1. Select >Contacts>Find/AddEntry.  
Fromstandbymode, select Contacts (right softkey)tolist  
entries.  
Shortcut:  
2. Highlight the entry you want to call and press  
to dial  
the entry’s default phone number.  
– or –  
To dial another number from the entry, highlight the  
name and press , and then highlight the number you  
wish to call and press  
.
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
39  
UsingSpeedDialing  
You can store up to eight numbers in your phone’s speed dial  
memory to make contacting friends and family as easy as  
pressing a button. With this feature, you can dial speed dial  
entries using one keypress for locations 2–9. (For information  
on setting up speed dial numbers, see Assigning Speed Dial  
Numbers” on page 111.)  
Tousespeeddial:  
From standby mode, press and hold the appropriate key  
for approximately two seconds.The display confirms  
that the number has been dialed when it shows  
“Connecting...”.  
Speeddialingmaynot beavailablewhenyouareroaming;  
whenyouareroamingofftheNationwideSprint PCS  
Network, youmust alwaysdialusing11digits(1+areacode+  
number).  
Note:  
40  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
EnteringText  
SelectingaCharacterInput Mode  
Your phone provides convenient ways to enter words, letters,  
punctuation, and numbers whenever you are prompted to  
enter text (for example, when adding a Contacts entry or  
when using Sprint PCS Mail and SMSText Messaging).  
Tochangethecharacterinput mode:  
1. When you display a screen where you can enter text,  
select Mode (right softkey) to change the character  
input mode.  
2. Use your navigation key to select one of the following  
options:  
T9Word to enter characters using predictiveT9Text  
Input. (See page 43.)  
Alphabet to enter characters by using the Alphabet  
mode. (See page 45.)  
SYMBOL to enter symbols.  
SMILEYS to enter smile icons.  
Emoticons to enter “emoticons.”  
WebShortcuts to enterWeb shortcuts (for example,  
www., http://www., or .com).  
Preset Messages to enter preset messages. (See  
page 63.)  
Recent Messages to enter messages used recently.  
Whenyouseetrianglesontheleft andright ofthemenu, you  
canpressthenavigationkeyleft orright toswitchbetween  
different input modes.  
Tip:  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
41  
 
PasteList to paste copied or cut text (if applicable).  
NUMBER to enter numbers.  
Signature to enter your signature. (See page 64.)  
Select Language to select the language (English or  
Spanish).  
EraseAll to erase all text (if applicable).  
SelectText to select stored text for copying or cutting  
(if applicable).  
AddWord to store words that you use frequently.  
(See page 43.)  
Text Options to display theText Entry settings menu.  
(See page 44.)  
TheInput Modewillvaryaccordingtotheentryfield.  
Note:  
Tip:  
Whenenteringtext, press[shift*]tochangeletter  
capitalization(ABC>abc>Abc).  
42  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
EnteringCharactersUsingT9Text Input  
T9Text Input lets you enter text in your phone by pressing  
keys just once per letter. (To select the T9Word mode when  
entering text, see “Selecting a Character Input Mode” on  
page 41.)  
T9Text Input analyzes the letters you enter using an intuitive  
word database and creates a suitable word. (The word may  
change as you type.)  
ToenterawordusingT9Text Input:  
1. Select the T9Word character input mode. (See “Selecting  
a Character Input Mode” on page 41.)  
2. Press the corresponding keys once per letter to enter  
a word. (For example, to enter the word “Bill,” press  
.) (If you make a mistake, press  
to erase a single character. Press and hold to erase an  
entire word.)  
3. To accept a word and insert a space, press  
.
AddingaWordtotheT9Database  
If a word you want to enter is not displayed as an option when  
you are usingT9Text Input, you can add it to the database.  
ToaddawordtotheT9Text Input database:  
1. Select the AddWord input mode. (See “Selecting a  
Character Input Mode” on page 41.)  
2. Enter the word using Alphabet Mode and select Save  
(left softkey). (See “Entering Characters Using Alphabet  
Mode” on page 45.)The word will appear as an option  
the next time you scroll through options duringT9Text  
Input.  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
43  
CustomizingtheT9Settings  
TocustomizetheT9Settings:  
1. Select > Settings>Others>Text Entry>T9Settings.  
– or –  
Select the Text Options input mode, and then select  
T9Settings. (See “Selecting a Character Input Mode” on  
page 41.)  
2. Select an option and press  
.
NextWordPrediction to automatically display the  
word by retrieving incoming messages that may  
follow the current T9 text input.  
WordCompletion to allowT9 text input to recognize  
words by searching Contacts list and messages.  
Predict.Text Mode to allowT9 text input to recognize  
words you have added to theT9 database.  
WordChoiceList to display the word choice list.  
Showafterenter to select when (after 1–3 digits) to  
display the word choice list.The word choice list will  
be displayed based on the number of digits you  
selected.  
Showafterwait to select how many seconds the  
phone should wait to display the word choice list.  
For more information about T9Text Input, visit theTegicWeb  
44  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
EnteringCharactersUsingAlphabet Mode  
ToentercharactersusingAlphabet Mode(multi-tapkeyentry):  
1. Select the Alphabet mode. (See “Selecting a Character  
Input Mode” on page 41.)  
2. Press the corresponding keys repeatedly until the  
desired letter appears. (For example, to enter the word  
“Bill,” press  
times, and  
twice,  
three times,  
three  
three times again.) (If you make a  
mistake, press to erase a single character. Press and  
hold to erase an entire word.)  
By default, the first letter of an entry is capitalized and the  
following letters are lowercased. After a character is entered,  
the cursor automatically advances to the next space after two  
seconds or when you enter a character on a different key.  
Charactersscrollinthefollowingorder:  
English Sequence  
Key  
Upper Case  
Lower Case  
. , @ 1 ? ! # /  
A B C 2  
D E F 3  
G H I 4  
J K L 5  
*
ABC  
DEF  
a b c 2  
d e f 3  
g h i 4  
GHI  
JKL  
j k l 5  
MNO  
PQRS  
TUV  
WXYZ  
M N O 6  
P Q R S 7  
T U V 8  
W X Y Z 9  
0
m n o 6  
p q r s 7  
t u v 8  
w x y z 9  
Space  
Shift  
Space  
One-character- shifted Caps Lock Unshifted  
Section 2A: Phone Basics  
45  
Section 2B  
Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
In This Section  
SoundSettings (page 47)  
DisplaySettings (page 54)  
LocationSettings (page 61)  
MessagingSettings (page 62)  
AirplaneMode (page 67)  
TTYUseWithSprint PCSService (page 68)  
WirelessBackup (page 70)  
PhoneSetupOptions (page 72)  
Usingtheavailablemenuoptions, youcancustomizeyour  
phonetosound, look, andoperatejust thewayyouwant it to.  
This section describes how you can change your phone’s  
settings to best suit your needs.Take a few moments to  
review these options and to adjust or add settings that are  
right for you.  
46  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
 
SoundSettings  
RingerTypes  
Ringer types help you identify incoming calls and messages.  
You can assign ringer types to individual Contacts entries,  
types of calls, and types of messages.  
PreprogrammedRingers include a variety of standard  
ringer types and familiar music.  
VibratingRinger alerts you to calls or messages without  
disturbing others.  
DownloadedRingerscan be downloaded right to your  
phone.  
SelectingRingerTypesforIncomingCalls  
Your phone provides a variety of ringer options that allow you  
to customize your ring and volume settings.These options  
allow you to identify incoming calls by the ring.  
Toselect aringertypeforincomingcalls:  
1. Select >Settings>Sounds>RingerType>  
IncomingCalls.  
2. Select WithCallerIDor NoCallerID.  
3. Use your navigation key to scroll through the available  
ringers.  
4. Press to assign the desired ringer.  
Toselectadistinctiveringerforincomingcallswhileroaming:  
1. Select >Settings>Sounds>RingerType>  
IncomingCalls.  
2. Select Roaming>Distinctive. (Select Normal to  
deactivate this feature.)  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
47  
 
SelectingRingerTypesforSprint PCSReadyLinkCalls  
Toselect aringertypeforSprint PCSReadyLinkcalls:  
1. Select >Settings>Sounds>RingerType>ReadyLink.  
2. Select ReadyLinkCalls, R-LinkMissed, or R-LinkFloorTone.  
3. Use your navigation key to scroll through the available  
ringers.  
4. Press to assign the desired ringer.  
SelectingRingerTypesforVoicemailorCalendar/Alarm  
Toselect aringertypeforvoicemailorcalendar/alarm:  
1. Select >Settings>Sounds>RingerType>Voicemail or  
Calendar/Alarm.  
2. Press , and then use your navigation key to scroll  
through the available ringers.  
3. Press to assign the desired ringer.  
SelectingRingerTypesforMessaging  
Toselect aringertypeformessaging:  
1. Select >Settings>Sounds>RingerType>Messaging.  
2. Select Text, PictureMail, or VoiceSMS.  
3. Use your navigation key to scroll through the available  
ringers.  
4. Press to assign the desired ringer.  
48  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
SelectingaVibratePattern  
With this feature, you can select a vibrate pattern for  
incoming calls, messages, and alarms.  
Toselect avibratepattern:  
1. Select >Settings>Sounds>VibratePattern.  
2. Select IncomingCalls, ReadyLink, Voicemail, Messaging,  
or Calendar/Alarm.The following items require an  
additional step:  
IncomingCalls: select WithCallerID, NoCallerID, or  
Roaming.  
ReadyLink: select ReadyLinkCalls or R-LinkMissed.  
Messaging: select Text, PictureMail, or VoiceSMS.  
3. Using the navigation key, select a setting and press  
.
SelectingaToneLength  
Your phone offers two options for selecting the audible tones  
accompanying a keypress. (Longer tone lengths may be better  
for tone recognition when dialing voicemail or other  
automated systems.)  
Toselect akeytone:  
1. Select >Settings>Sounds>Others>ToneLength.  
2. Select Shortor Longand press  
.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
49  
SettingaStart-up/Power-offTone  
Toset astart-up/power-offtone:  
1. Select >Settings>Sounds>Others.  
2. Select Start-upTone or Power-offTone.  
3. Scroll to select a tone and press  
.
UsingVoicePrompt  
This feature allows you to hear voice prompts at Voice  
Recorder, Screen Call setting, etc. (default setting is off).  
Toenableordisablevoiceprompt:  
1. Select >Settings>Sounds>Others>VoicePrompt.  
2. Select On or Off and press  
.
Whenringervolumeisset toSilenceAllorVibrateAll,”  
voicepromptscannot beheard.  
Tip:  
SettingUpKeyPressEcho  
With this feature, you can hear a voice say the numbers when  
you press the keypad.This feature is available when you are in  
standby mode.  
ToturnKeyPressEchoonoroff:  
1. Select >Settings>Sounds>Others>KeyPressEcho.  
2. Select On or Off and press  
.
50  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
AdjustingthePhone’sVolumeSettings  
You can adjust your phone’s volume settings to suit your  
needs and your environment.  
Toadjust theringervolume:  
1. Select >Settings>Sounds>Volume>Ringer.  
2. Using the navigation key, choose a volume level and  
select Done (left softkey).  
When selecting a volume, press to put a check  
mark in the box next to AlwaysVibrate.This setting  
makes the ringer vibrate at any volume level.  
Youcanadjust theringervolumeinstandbymode(orthe  
earpiecevolumeduringacall)byusingthevolumekeyonthe  
left sideofyourphone.  
Tip:  
AdjustingtheAlertVolumeSettings  
This setting controls the alert volume of Ready Link,Voicemail,  
message, and Calendar/Alarm. You can set the alert volume  
separate from the ringer volume setting.  
Toadjust thealert volumesetting:  
1. Select >Settings>Sounds>Volume>AdvancedRinger.  
2. Select ReadyLink, Voicemail, Messaging, or  
Calendar/Alarm.  
3. Using the navigation key, select SeparateVol.  
4. Press the navigation key right or left to choose a volume  
level, and select Done (left softkey).  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
51  
AdjustingthePhone’sReceiverVolume  
Toadjust thereceivervolume:  
1. Select >Settings>Sounds>Volume>Receiver.  
2. Select either Earpiece or Speaker.  
3. Using the navigation key, choose a volume level, and  
select Done (left softkey).  
AdjustingtheApplication, Start-up/Power-off, or  
KeyBeepVolume  
Toadjust theApplication, Start-up/Power-off, orKeyBeep  
volume:  
1. Select >Settings>Sounds>Volume.  
2. Select Application, Start-up/Pw-off, or KeyBeep.  
3. Using the navigation key, choose a volume level, and  
select Done (left softkey).  
Alert Notification  
Your phone can alert you with an audible tone when you  
change service areas, once a minute during a voice call, or  
when there are incoming or missed Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.  
Toenableordisablealertsounds:  
1. Select >Settings>Sounds>Alerts.  
2. Select Service, ReadyLink, Voicemail, Messaging,  
MinuteBeep, or SignalFadeand press  
.
3. Use your navigation key to select a settingand press  
.
52  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
SilenceAll  
There may be times when you need to silence your phone  
entirely.The phone’s Silence All option allows you to mute all  
sounds without turning your phone off.  
ToactivateSilenceAll:  
Withthephoneopen, pressandholdthevolumekeydown  
in standby mode. (The screen will display “Silence All.”)  
Youcanalsoselect VibrateAll toset yourphonetovibrateonly  
(allsoundswillbemuted).  
Tip:  
TodeactivateSilenceAll:  
Press the volume key up repeatedly to select a desired  
volume level.  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
53  
DisplaySettings  
ChangingtheText Greeting  
The text greeting can be up to 15 characters and is displayed  
on your phone’s screen in standby mode. You may choose to  
keep the phone’s default greeting (“Sprint”), or you may enter  
your own custom greeting.  
Todisplayorchangeyourgreeting:  
1. Select >Settings>Display>Greeting>Custom.  
2. Enter a custom greeting using your keypad and press  
(See “EnteringText” on page 41.) (To erase the existing  
greeting one character at a time, press .To erase the  
entire greeting, press and hold .)  
.
ChangingtheBacklightTimeLength  
The backlight setting lets you select how long the display  
screen and keypad remain backlit after any keypress is made.  
Tochangethebacklight setting:  
1. Select >Settings>Display>Backlight.  
2. Select MainLCD or SubLCD.  
3. Select a time setting and press  
.
TochangetheKeypadbacklight setting:  
1. Select >Settings>Display>Backlight>Key.  
2. Select a time setting and press  
.
Longbacklight settingsaffect thebattery’stalkandstandby  
times.  
Note:  
54  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
 
ChangingtheDisplayScreenAnimation  
Your new phone offers options for what you see on the display  
screen during various phone functions.  
Tochangetheanimationdisplay:  
1. Select >Settings>Display>Animation.  
2. Select Standby, OutgoingCalls, or ServiceSearch.  
3. Select Set, and then select an option (Preset, MyContent,  
Get New, MyAlbums, AssignedMedia, or Off) and  
press  
.
For standby, you can select Time to set the animation  
starting time.To set the display size, select VideoSize  
(if applicable).  
4. Select an animation display and press  
.
ChangingtheDisplayforIncomingCalls  
You can set the color or downloaded image to be shown on  
the Incoming Calls display.  
Tochangetheincomingcallsdisplay:  
1. Select >Settings>Display>IncomingCalls.  
2. Select an option (Preset, MyContent, Get New,  
MyAlbums, AssignedMedia, or Off) and press  
.
3. Select a color or image and press  
.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
55  
ChangingtheClock/CalendarDisplayfor  
StandbyMode  
Select from among a variety of items to be displayed in  
standby mode.  
Toset theclock/calendardisplayforstandbymode:  
1. Select >Settings>Display>Clock/Calendar.  
2. Select MainLCD or SubLCD.  
3. Select an item and press  
.
4. Select OK (left softkey) to apply the clock display setting.  
ChangingtheScreenSaver  
Your new phone offers you the option of displaying a screen  
saver while in standby mode.  
Tochangethescreensaver:  
1. Select >Settings>Display>ScreenSaver.  
2. Select MainLCD or SubLCD.  
3. Select an option (Preset, MyContent, Get New,  
MyAlbums, AssignedMedia, or Off) and press  
.
4. Select the desired screen saver and press  
.
56  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
PowerSaveMode  
This feature helps conserve your battery power by setting the  
Main LCD and Sub LCD backlights to Always Off,” and by  
setting the Main LCD sleep mode to “after 30 sec.” and the Sub  
LCD sleep mode to “after 5 sec.”  
Toset thisfeature:  
1. Select >Settings>Display>PowerSaveMode.  
2. A message appears. Select OK (left softkey) to continue.  
3. Select On and press . (Select Off to deactivate this  
feature.)  
CustomizingtheUserInterface  
Your phone lets you customize the user interface (UI) of the  
Standby Screen, Main Menu, and My Favorites with your  
choice of downloaded themes to reflect your personality.  
(By default, the theme is set to “SANYO.”)  
Tocustomizethedisplaytheme:  
1. Select >Settings>Display>Themes.  
2. Select an available theme and press  
.
SANYOdisplays the preset standard clock display  
selected in the Calendar/Clock menu. (See  
“Changing the Clock/Calendar Display for Standby  
Mode” on page 56.)  
Ifyouchangebackto SANYO afteryouhaveappliedatheme,  
thephonewillreturntothepreviousclockdisplay. Also, ifyou  
select athemeotherthan SANYO, thenavigationkey  
shortcutsaredisabled.  
Note:  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
57  
ChangingthePhone’sMenuStyle  
Your phone allows you to choose how the menu is displayed  
on the screen.  
Toselect thedisplay’smenustyle:  
Press to access the main menu, and then select  
Options (right softkey)>ChangeView.  
ChangingtheDisplayforAreaName  
This feature enables you to show the area of the phone  
number you are calling or are called from when the number is  
not registered in your Contacts list. For example, a call to or  
from 213-555-5555 will display “California.”  
Toset yourareanamedisplay:  
1. Select >Settings>Display>Others>MatchAreaCode.  
2. Select On or Offand press  
.
Thisfeatureisavailableonlywhenthephonenumberhas10  
digits, or11digitsbeginningwith1, andmatchesanareacode.  
Note:  
58  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
ChangingtheDisplayforMyBuddy  
This feature enables you to see a humorous animation on the  
Main LCD by opening the phone.  
ToactivateordeactivateMyBuddy:  
1. Select >Settings>Display>Others>MyBuddy.  
2. Select On or Off and press  
.
ChangingtheText Font Size  
This setting allows you to adjust the display appearance when  
entering text (for example, when writing a message or when  
adding a Contacts entry) or when viewing a message.  
Tochangethetext font size:  
1. Select >Settings>Display>Others>Font Size.  
2. Select Viewor Input.  
Viewto select Messaging or Browser.  
Input to select Phone#s, Messaging, or Others.  
3. Select a font size and press  
.
Fromthefont previewdisplay, select afont sizebypressing  
thenavigationkeyright orleft.  
Tip:  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
59  
SettingReturntoStandbyMode  
This feature allows you to select the way to return to standby  
mode.  
Toset thisfeature:  
1. Select >Settings>Display>Others>ReturntoIdle.  
2. A message appears. Select OK (left softkey) to continue.  
3. Select Automatically or EndKey and press  
.
Automatically to return to standby mode  
automatically when no key is pressed for 30 seconds.  
EndKey to return to standby mode by pressing  
.
EndKey settingaffectsthebattery’stalkandstandbytimes.  
Note:  
SleepMode  
This feature helps conserve your battery power by restricting  
the display.  
Toset thisfeature:  
1. Select >Settings>Display>Others>SleepMode.  
2. Select MainLCD or SubLCD.  
3. Select an option and press . (Select Offto deactivate  
this feature.)  
60  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
LocationSettings  
Your phone is equipped with a Location feature for use in  
connection with location-based services that may be  
available in the future.  
The Location feature allows the network to detect your  
position.Turning Location off will hide your location from  
everyone except 911.  
TurningLocationonwillallowthenetworktodetect your  
positionusingGPStechnology, makingsomeSprint PCS  
applicationsandserviceseasiertouse.TurningLocationoff  
willdisabletheGPSlocationfunctionforallpurposesexcept  
911, but willnot hideyourgenerallocationbasedonthecell  
siteservingyourcall. Noapplicationorservicemayuseyour  
locationwithout yourrequest orpermission. GPS-enhanced  
911isnot availableinallareas.  
Note:  
Toenableyourphone’sLocationfeature:  
1. Select >Settings>Location. (The Location disclaimer  
will be displayed.)  
2. Read the disclaimer and select OK (left softkey).  
3. Select Onor Offand press  
.
When the Location feature is on, your phone’s standby screen  
will display the icon. When Location is turned off, the  
icon will be displayed.  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
61  
 
MessagingSettings  
Staying connected to your friends and family has never been  
easier. With your phone’s advanced messaging capabilities,  
you can send and receive many different kinds of text  
messages without placing a voice call.  
Your phone’s messaging settings make text messaging even  
faster and easier by letting you decide how you would like to  
be notified of new messages, create a signature with each  
sent message,and create your own preset messages, to name  
just a few.  
SettingMessageNotification  
When you receive a message, your phone notifies you  
by displaying an icon on your display screen. You can also  
choose to be notified with a message notification on your  
display screen.  
Toset messagenotification:  
1. Select >Settings>Messaging>Notification.  
2. Select MsgsandIcon or IconOnly and press  
.
ToaccessMessagingsettingsmenu, youcanalsoselect MENU  
>Messaging>Settings.  
Tip:  
62  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
 
ManagingPreset Messages  
Your phone is loaded with twenty preset messages, in English  
and in Spanish, to help make sending text messages faster  
and easier.These messages, such as “Where are you?,” “Let’s  
get lunch,” and “Meet me at,” can be customized or deleted to  
suit your needs.  
Toedit apreset message:  
1. Select >Settings>Messaging>Preset Msgs. (The list of  
preset messages is displayed.)  
2. Select the message you want to edit and press  
.
3. Use your keypad to edit the message and select OK (left  
softkey) to save your changes.  
To reset all messages, select Options (right softkey) >  
Reset AllMsgs>Yes during step 2 above.  
Tochangethelanguageofthepreset messages:  
1. Select >Settings>Messaging>Preset Msgs.  
2. Select Options (right softkey)>Select Language.  
3. Select English or Spanish and press  
.
Forinformationoneditingtext, seeEnteringText” on  
page41.  
Note:  
SettingAutoDelete  
With this feature, messages are automatically erased starting  
with the oldest if yourVoice SMS Inbox becomes full.  
Toset AutoDelete:  
1. Select >Settings>Messaging>VoiceSMS>  
AutoDelete.  
2. Select On or Offand press  
.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
63  
SettingaCallbackNumber  
With this feature, you can notify your recipients of your  
callback number with a text message.  
Toset thecallbacknumber:  
1. Select >Settings>Messaging>Text >SendCallback#.  
2. Press , and then select an option from the following  
and press  
.
None to send no callback number.  
MyPhone# to send your phone number.  
Other to send a specific callback number.To set a  
number, enter a phone number and press  
.
AddingaCustomizedSignature  
Each message you send can have a customized signature to  
reflect your personality.  
Toaddacustomizedsignaturetoeachsent message:  
1. Select >Settings>Messaging>Text >Signature.  
2. Press , and then select On.  
3. Select Text, enter your signature, and select OK (left  
softkey). (See “EnteringText” on page 41.)  
4. Select Save(left softkey) to save your signature.  
64  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
SettingtheDeliveryReceipt  
You can set to receive a delivery receipt message confirming  
that your message was successfully delivered to your  
recipient.  
Toset thedeliveryreceipt:  
1. Select >Settings>Messaging>Text >DeliveryReceipt.  
2. Select On or Off and press  
.
TheDeliveryReceipt featuremaynot currentlybeimplemented.  
Note:  
SettingDraftsAlert  
Drafts Alert gives you a reminder when you have unsent  
messages waiting in the drafts folder.  
Toset DraftsAlert:  
1. Select >Settings>Messaging>Text >DraftsAlert.  
2. Select On or Off and press  
.
SettingtheSpeakerphoneforSMSVoiceMessaging  
You can set the speakerphone on or off for SMSVoice  
messaging. By default, the speakerphone is set to on.  
Toset thespeakerphoneonoroff:  
1. Select >Settings>Messaging>VoiceSMS>  
Speakerphone.  
2. Select On or Off and press  
.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
65  
SettingtheSender’sNameforSMSVoiceMessaging  
With this feature, you can identify yourself to people who  
receive your SMSVoice messages.  
Toset thesender’sname:  
1. Select >Settings>Messaging>VoiceSMS>  
FromName.  
2. Enter your name and select OK (left softkey).  
SettinganAlert NotificationforSMSVoiceMessaging  
SMSVoice Messaging uses your phone’s data services. You can  
set your phone to play an alert to let you know you are  
connecting to data services each time you access an SMSVoice  
message.  
Toset analertforSMSVoicemessaging:  
1. Select >Settings>Messaging>VoiceSMS>  
ConnectionAlert.  
2. Select Mark (right softkey) to warn you each time you  
access SMSVoice Messaging.  
3. Select Done (left softkey) to save the setting.  
66  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
AirplaneMode  
Airplane Mode allows you to use many of your phone’s  
features, such as Games, Music,Voice Recorder, etc., when you  
are in an airplane or in any other area where making or  
receiving calls or data is prohibited. When your phone is in  
Airplane Mode, it cannot send or receive any calls or access  
online information.  
Toset yourphonetoAirplaneMode:  
1. Select >Settings>Others>AirplaneMode.  
2. Read the disclaimer and select OK (left softkey).  
3. Select Onor Offand press  
.
While in Airplane Mode, your phone’s standby screen will  
display “Phone Off.”  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
67  
 
TTYUseWithSprint PCSService  
ATTY (also known as aTDD orText Telephone) is a  
telecommunications device that allows people who are deaf,  
hard of hearing, or who have speech or language disabilities,  
to communicate by telephone.  
Your phone is compatible with select TTY devices. Please check  
with the manufacturer of yourTTY device to ensure that it  
supports digital wireless transmission. Your phone andTTY  
device will connect via a special cable that plugs into your  
phone’s headset jack. If this cable was not provided with your  
TTY device, contact yourTTY device manufacturer to purchase  
the connector cable.  
When establishing your Sprint PCS service, please call  
Sprint Customer Service via the stateTelecommunications  
Relay Service (TRS) by first dialing  
.Then  
provide the stateTRS with this number: 866-727-4889.  
68  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
 
ToturnTTY Modeonoroff:  
1. Select >Settings>Others>TTY. (An informational  
message will be displayed.)  
2. Read the disclaimer and select OK (left softkey).  
3. Select Enableand press to turnTTY mode on.  
– or –  
Select Disableand press to turnTTY mode off.  
InTTYMode, yourphonewilldisplaytheTTYaccessicon.  
Note:  
IfTTYmodeisenabled, theaudioqualityofnon-TTYdevices  
connectedtotheheadset jackmaybeimpaired.  
911EmergencyCalling  
WARNING  
SprintrecommendsthatTTYusersmakeemergency  
callsbyothermeans, includingTelecommunications  
RelayServices(TRS), analogcellular, andlandline  
communications.WirelessTTYcallsto911maybe  
corruptedwhenreceivedbypublicsafetyanswering  
points(PSAPs), renderingsomecommunications  
unintelligible.Theproblemencounteredappears  
relatedtoTTYequipment orsoftwareusedbyPSAPs.  
Thismatterhasbeenbrought totheattentionofthe  
FCC, andthewirelessindustryandthePSAP  
communityarecurrentlyworkingtoresolvethis.  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
69  
WirelessBackup  
This feature allows you to back up all of your contacts to the  
Sprint Web site and restore them if your phone is lost, stolen,  
damaged, or replaced.  
TousetheWirelessBackupservice, youarerequiredto  
activatetheservicefromyourphone.  
Note:  
To subscribe to the wireless backup service, you will need to  
purchase a license to use the wireless backup service via the  
Sprint vending machine, accessed through theWAP browser  
on your phone.The license expires after a set period of time  
and must be renewed regularly. As part of the initial  
subscription process, a random wireless backup password is  
generated.The randomly-generated password will be sent to  
the handset as an SMS text message. (Subscribe launches the  
subscription process. If you are already subscribed to wireless  
backup, Unsubscribe will be displayed.)  
ActivatingandDeactivatingWirelessBackupService  
ToactivateWirelessBackupservice:  
1. Select >Contacts>WirelessBackup.  
2. Select Subscribe. (You will be prompted to confirm your  
license status.)  
3. Select Yes (left softkey) and follow the onscreen  
instructions to purchase the license.  
4. Please wait while registering the license. (You will see a  
confirmation screen if it has been successfully  
registered.)  
WirelessBackupcanalsobeactivatedbyselecting MENU >  
Settings>WirelessBackup andfollowingsteps24above.  
Note:  
70  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
 
Onceyouhavecompletedtheregistration, youwillreceivean  
SMStext messagewithyourpassword.Youwillneedthis  
passwordtoaccesstheSprint PCSWirelessBackupWebsite  
yourpersonalcomputer.  
Note:  
Tip:  
Eachtimeyouedit yourphone’scontacts, theyarebackedup  
TodeactivateWirelessBackupservice:  
1. Select >Contacts>WirelessBackup.  
2. Select Unsubscribe. (A message will be displayed.)  
3. Follow the onscreen instructions to unsubscribe from  
theWireless Backup service.  
YoucanunsubscribefromtheWirelessBackupserviceonly  
throughtheSprintWebsite.  
Note:  
SettingWirelessBackupAlert  
This feature turns the pop-up alert on or off when aWireless  
Backup is in progress.  
TosetWirelessBackupalert:  
1. Select >Contacts>WirelessBackup>Alert.  
2. Select On or Offand press  
.
TodisplaytheWirelessBackupserviceinformation, select  
MENU >Contacts>WirelessBackup>LearnMore.  
Tip:  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
71  
PhoneSetupOptions  
MyFavorites  
Your phone offers you the option of assigning a shortcut key  
to a favorite or often-used function. Selecting Favorites (left  
softkey) in standby mode will launch your personally  
designated shortcut.  
Toassignyourshortcut key:  
1. Select Favorites (left softkey) to display the My Favorites  
list.  
2. Highlight <AddFavorite> and press  
.
3. Select one of the following options.  
Contact to display stored Contacts entries.  
MyContent to display downloaded items stored in  
your phone.  
MyAlbum to display thumbnail images stored in  
your In Phone folder.  
WebBookmark to display your bookmarked sites.  
MenuItem to assign an often-used menu item.  
4. Using the navigation key or your keypad, select  
functions to be assigned to the My Favorites list.  
5. Select Assign (left softkey) to save.  
From My Favorites list, select Options (right softkey) to display  
the following items.To select an item, highlight it and  
press  
:
Replace to replace an existing shortcut key.  
Remove to remove an existing shortcut key.  
RemoveAll to remove all the existing shortcut key.  
Help to display the My Favorite list information.  
72  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
 
Auto-AnswerMode  
You may set your phone to automatically pick up incoming  
calls in speakerphone mode or when connected to an optional  
hands-free device.  
Toset Auto-Answermode:  
1. Select >Settings>Others>AutoAnswer.  
2. To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
Hands-free to answer calls automatically when the  
phone is connected to a hands-free device (sold  
separately). Remember, your phone will answer calls  
in Auto-Answer mode even if you are not present.  
Speakerphone to answer calls automatically in  
speakerphone mode.  
3. Select 5Seconds, 15Seconds, or Off and press  
.
DisplayLanguage  
You can choose to display your phone’s onscreen menus in  
English or in Spanish.  
Toassignalanguageforthephone’sdisplay:  
1. Select >Settings>Others>Language.  
2. Select Englishor Español and press  
.
SettingAnyKeyAnswer  
This feature allows you to answer incoming calls by pressing  
any key (except , softkeys, and external keys).  
,
ToturnAnyKeyAnsweronoroff:  
1. Select >Settings>Others>AnyKeyAnswer.  
2. Select On or Off and press  
.
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
73  
SettingtheOpen/CloseFlipOption  
This feature enables you to answer an incoming call by  
opening the phone or to end a call by closing the phone.  
ToactivatetheOpenFlipfeature:  
1. Select >Settings>Others>Open/CloseFlip.  
2. Select Open and press  
.
3. Select AnswerCall and press  
.
To deactivate this feature, select NoAction.  
ToactivatetheCloseFlipfeature:  
1. Select >Settings>Others>Open/CloseFlip.  
2. Select Close. (You will see a message on the display.)  
3. Select OK (left softkey) to continue.  
4. Select an option from the following and press  
.
End to end the call.  
Continue(Mute) to continue the call. Your voice is  
muted; however you can hear the caller’s voice from  
the speaker.  
Continue(Unmute) to continue the call. You can hear  
the caller’s voice and speak to the phone to answer.  
TheCloseFlipfeaturedoesnot applyduringReadyLinkcallsor  
whenyouareusingthespeakerphone, aheadset, oracarkit.  
Note:  
74  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
SettingPowerOntoAlert  
Power On to Alert helps prevent unintentional or accidental  
power-on of your phone’s alarm settings while your phone is  
turned off (default setting is off).This feature applies only to  
Event Alerts, Call Alarm, and Alarm Clock.  
ToturnPowerOntoAlert onoroff:  
1. Select >Settings>Others>PowerOntoAlert.  
2. Select On or Off and press  
.
On activates alarm in Airplane Mode even if the  
phone is turned off.  
Off deactivates all alarm settings while the phone is  
turned off.  
SettingtheKeyGuard  
This feature enables you to lock external keys while the phone  
is closed.  
ToturntheKeyGuardonoroff:  
1. Select >Settings>Others>KeyGuard.  
2. Select On or Offand press  
.
Thisfeaturedoesnot applywhenthephoneisopen.  
Note:  
Tip:  
Youcandeactivatethisfeaturetemporarilybypressingand  
holdingeithertheSideCallkey(  
)or ontheexternal  
controlkeywhilethephoneisclosed.  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
75  
SettingNavigationKeyShortcuts  
You can use the navigation key as a shortcut to access specific  
menu items directly from standby mode. With this feature,  
you can reassign the default shortcut keys to the menu items  
you choose.  
Toset thenavigationkeyshortcuts:  
1. Select >Settings>Others>NavigationKeys.  
2. Select the shortcut key you wish to reassign and press  
.
3. Using the navigation key or your keypad, select a  
function.  
4. Select Assign (left softkey) to save.  
Theseshortcutsareavailableonlywhenthedisplaythemeis  
set toSANYO(seeCustomizingtheUserInterface” on  
page57).  
Note:  
SettingText EntryOptions  
Toset yourtext entryoptions:  
1. Select >Settings>Others>Text Entry.  
2. Select an option and press  
.
Auto-Capital to turn auto-capitalization on or off.  
MyWords to add or edit a word in theT9 database  
(see page 43).  
Input Language to select the language (English  
or Spanish).  
Default Input to select T9 word, Alphabet, or Retain  
Mode for the initial entry mode.  
Auto-Space to turn auto-spacing on or off afterT9  
words you enter.  
Recent Access to display the three most recently used  
input mode menu items from the top of the list  
when this setting is set to on.  
76  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
T9Settings to customize theT9 settings (see  
page 44).  
AddWord to store words that you use frequently (see  
page 43).  
Auto-Complete to turn auto-completion on or off.  
Help to see theT9 instruction page.  
SettingAbbreviatedDialing  
Abbreviated Dialing allows you to dial a number using the last  
four or five digits of the phone number. You can use either of  
the following options for this feature:  
Ph. BookMatch allows you to retrieve any number saved in  
your Contacts list by entering the last three to six digits of  
the number.  
Prepend# allows you to predefine the first five- or six-digit  
prefix you wish to use for abbreviated dialing, so that you  
can dial a number by entering only the last four or five  
digits of the number.  
Toset AbbreviatedDialing:  
1. Select >Settings>Others>Abbrev. Dial.  
2. Select Ph. BookMatch, and then select Enable or Disable.  
3. Select Prepend, and then select Enable.  
4. Select Prepend#, enter the first five- or six- digit prefix,  
and then select OK (left softkey).  
To deactivate this feature, select Disable during  
step 3 above.  
TomakeanAbbreviatedDialcall, seeUsingAbbreviated  
Dialingonpage38.  
Tip:  
Thissettingdoesnot applyto911orSprint 411.  
Note:  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
77  
SettingHeadset Mode  
This feature allows you hands-free phone use. Set the headset  
mode toVoice Call or Ready Link call and press theTurbo  
Button (the operation button) on the headset to activate  
useful functions.  
Toconnect theheadset:  
Simply plug the headset into your phone’s headset jack.  
Toset theheadset mode:  
1. Select >Settings>Others>Headset Mode.  
2. Select TurboButton.  
3. Select VoiceCalls, ReadyLink, or Off and press  
Toset thesoundmode:  
.
1. Select >Settings>Others>Headset Mode.  
2. Select Earpiece.  
3. Select Stereo or Mono and press  
.
Toset theringersound:  
1. Select >Settings>Others>Headset Mode.  
2. Select RingerSound.  
3. Select Normal or Headset Only and press  
.
Besuretouseonlythestereoheadset that comeswithyour  
phone. Usingotherheadsetscoulddamageyourphone.  
Note:  
78  
Section 2B: ControllingYour Phone’s Settings  
Section 2C  
Setting Your Phone’s Security  
In This Section  
AccessingtheSecurityMenu (page 80)  
UsingYourPhone’sLockFeature (page 80)  
RestrictingCalls (page 83)  
UsingSpecialNumbers (page 84)  
ErasingPhoneContent (page 85)  
ResettingtheBrowser (page 86)  
ResettingFavorites (page 86)  
ResettingYourPhone (page 87)  
ResettingYourPictureMailAccount (page 87)  
ResettingDefault Settings (page 88)  
ResettingandLockingYourPhoneThroughSMS (page 89)  
SecurityFeaturesforSprint PCSVision (page91)  
Byusingthesecuritysettingsonyourphone, youreceive  
peaceofmindwithout sacrificingflexibility.This section will  
familiarize you with your phone’s security settings. With  
several options available, you can customize your phone to  
meet your personal needs.  
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security  
79  
 
AccessingtheSecurityMenu  
All of your phone’s security settings are available through the  
Security menu. You must enter your lock code to view the  
Security menu.  
ToaccesstheSecuritymenu:  
1. Select >Settings>Security.  
2. Enter your lock code to display the Security menu.  
Ifyoucan’t recallyourlockcode, tryusingthelast fourdigitsof  
eitheryourSocialSecuritynumberorphonenumberortry  
0000orNATL(6285). Ifnoneofthesework, callSprint  
CustomerServiceat 1-888-211-4PCS(4727).  
Tip:  
UsingYourPhone’sLockFeature  
LockingYourPhone  
When your phone is locked, you can only receive incoming  
calls or make calls to 911, Sprint Customer Service, or special  
numbers. (See “Using Special Numbers” on page 84.)  
Tolockyourphone:  
1. From the Security menu, select LockPhone>LockNow.  
(To set your phone to lock the next time it is turned on,  
select OnPower-up.)  
2. Select FullLock or Excep. IncomingCalls and press  
.
80  
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security  
 
UnlockingYourPhone  
Tounlockyourphone:  
1. From standby mode, select Unlock (left softkey).  
2. Enter your lock code.  
ChangingtheLockCode  
Tochangeyourlockcode:  
1. Select >Settings>Security, and then enter your lock  
code. (The Security menu is displayed.)  
2. Select Others>ChangeLock, and then enter and re-enter  
your new lock code.  
CallinginLockMode  
You can place calls to 911, to Sprint Customer Service, and to  
your special numbers when in lock mode. (For information on  
special numbers, see “Using Special Numbers” on page 84.)  
Toplaceanoutgoingcallinlockmode:  
To call an emergency number, special number, or  
Sprint Customer Service, enter the phone number and  
press  
.
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security  
81  
LockingthePicturesMenu  
With this feature, you must enter your lock code when you  
access the pictures menu.  
Tolockthepicturesmenu:  
1. Select >Settings>Security, and then enter your lock  
code. (The Security menu is displayed.)  
2. Select PictureMail>LockPictures>LockNow. (Select  
Unlocked to deactivate this feature.)  
LockServices  
With this feature, you can choose to restrict access to  
Sprint PCSVision services, incoming and outgoing voice calls,  
and Sprint PCS Ready Link calls or settings.  
Toactivatelockservices:  
1. From the Security Menu, select Others>LockServices.  
2. Select VoiceCalls, PowerVision, or ReadyLink.  
3. Select Locked. (Select Unlocked to deactivate this  
feature.)  
82  
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security  
RestrictingCalls  
There may be occasions when you want to limit the numbers  
your phone can call or from which it can receive calls. You can  
use the Restrict Calls setting to do just that. (The Restrict Calls  
setting does not apply to 911 or Sprint Customer Service.)  
Torestrict calls:  
1. Select >Settings>Security, and then enter your lock  
code. (The Security menu is displayed.)  
2. Select Others>Limit Use.  
3. Select OutgoingCalls or IncomingCalls.  
4. Select an option and press  
.
AllowAll lets you make or receive all calls.  
PhoneBookOnly lets you make or receive calls to  
or from Contacts entries, voicemail, or special  
numbers only.  
Special#sOnly lets you make or receive calls to or  
from three special numbers only. (See “Using Special  
Numbers” on page 84.)  
Restrictedincomingcallsareforwardedtovoicemail.  
Note:  
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security  
83  
 
UsingSpecialNumbers  
Special numbers are important numbers that you have  
designated as being “always available.” You can call and  
receive calls from special numbers even if your phone is  
locked.  
You can save up to three special numbers in addition to your  
Contacts entries. (The same number may be in both  
directories.)  
Toaddorreplaceaspecialnumber:  
1. Select >Settings>Security, and then enter your lock  
code. (The Security menu is displayed.)  
2. Select Others>Special#s.  
3. Select a field for your entry.  
4. Enter the number and press  
.
Therearenospeeddialoptionsassociatedwithspecial  
numbers.  
Note:  
Note:  
Specialnumberscannot becalledifLockServices(see  
page82)isset toLocked.  
84  
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security  
 
ErasingPhoneContent  
You can quickly and easily erase all the content that you have  
created in your phone.  
Toerasephonecontent:  
1. Select >Settings>Security, and then enter your lock  
code. (The Security menu is displayed.)  
2. Select Erase/Reset, and then select an option from the  
following and press  
.
ErasePh. Book to erase all of your Contacts entries.  
EraseMyContent to erase all items you have  
downloaded to your phone.  
ErasePictures to erase all pictures and videos saved in  
the phone.  
EraseVoiceData to erase all voice data and call  
memos saved in the phone.  
EraseVoiceTag to erase all voice tags you have  
recorded.  
EraseMessages to erase all messages (including  
locked ones) in the Inbox, Sent Mail ,Pending, and  
Drafts folders; all Recent Lists; and all user-created  
preset messages (text messages, SMSVoice  
messages, etc.).  
EraseCal. Events to erase all scheduled events  
(including secret ones).  
EraseMemory to erase all data and folders you have  
made in File Manager.  
3. If you are certain you would like to erase, select OK (left  
softkey), and then select Yes.  
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security  
85  
 
ResettingtheBrowser  
This option resets yourWeb browser’s history, bookmarks,  
cookies, auto-complete text, and URLs.  
Toreset thebrowser:  
1. Select >Settings>Security, and then enter your lock  
code. (The Security menu is displayed.)  
2. Select Erase/Reset >Reset Browser.  
3. If you are certain you would like to reset , select OK (left  
softkey), and then select Yes.  
ResettingFavorites  
This option resets all of your favorites settings.  
Toreset favorites:  
1. Select >Settings>Security, and then enter your lock  
code. (The Security menu is displayed.)  
2. Select Erase/Reset >Reset Favorites.  
3. If you are certain you would like to reset your favorites  
settings, select OK (left softkey), and then select Yes.  
86  
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security  
 
ResettingYourPhone  
Resetting the phone resets all settings and erases all data on  
your phone (except data saved in the File Manager).  
Toreset yourphone:  
1. Select >Settings>Security, and then enter your lock  
code. (The Security menu is displayed.)  
2. Select Erase/Reset >Reset Phone. (A disclaimer is  
displayed.)  
3. Read the disclaimer and select OK (left softkey).  
4. If you are certain that you would like to erase all the data  
and reset your settings, select Yes.  
ResettingYourPictureMailAccount  
This option resets your authentication ID for your Sprint PCS  
Picture Mail account.  
Toreset yourPictureMailaccount:  
1. Select >Settings>Security, and then enter your lock  
code. (The Security menu is displayed.)  
2. Select PictureMail>Reset PictureMail. (A warning is  
displayed.)  
3. Read the disclaimer and select OK (left softkey).  
4. If you are certain that you would like to reset your  
Picture Mail account, select Yes.  
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security  
87  
 
ResettingDefault Settings  
Resetting the default settings restores all the factory defaults,  
including the ringer types and display settings.The Contacts,  
Call History, Calendar, and Messaging are not affected.  
Toreset default settings:  
1. Select >Settings>Security, and then enter your lock  
code. (The Security menu is displayed.)  
2. Select Erase/Reset >Default Settings. (A warning is  
displayed.)  
3. Read the disclaimer and select OK (left softkey).  
4. If you are certain that you would like to restore all the  
factory settings, select Yes.  
88  
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security  
 
ResettingandLockingYourPhone  
ThroughSMS  
When your phone is lost or stolen, you can erase your  
important personal information (such as Contacts entries, call  
history, and messages) and lock your phone by sending a  
specially-formatted SMS message to your phone.  
From your computer, sign on to www.sprint.com and send a  
message to your phone (input your 10-digit wireless phone  
number) in the following format:  
\ \ RESET **<Passcode>** RESET  
<Passcode> - your defined passcode.  
The default passcode is your phone’s 11-digit ESN (Electronic  
Serial Number), which can be found on the phone’s packaging  
or on the phone itself.The locked phone will display the  
following message: “If found, please call Sprint Customer  
Service 1-888-211-4727.”  
Tosendamessagefrommailersoftware, input your10-digit  
wirelessphonenumberfollowedby  
Note:  
“@messaging.sprintpcs.com.”  
ToenablelockingyourphonethroughSMS:  
1. Select >Settings>Security, and then enter your lock  
code. (The Security menu is displayed.)  
2. Select Others>FoundMe>Reset/Lock>Enable.  
To unlock a phone that has been locked through SMS,  
please take the phone to your nearest Sprint Store.  
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security  
89  
 
ChangingthePasscode  
Tochangethepasscodeforthespecially-formattedSMS  
message:  
1. Select >Settings>Security, and then enter your lock  
code. (The Security menu is displayed.)  
2. Select Others>FoundMe>ChangePasscode.  
3. Enter a new passcode (11 digits).  
4. Re-enter the new passcode.  
90  
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security  
SecurityFeaturesforSprint PCSVision  
EnablingandDisablingSprint PCSVisionServices  
You can disable Sprint PCSVision services, including Sprint  
PowerVision, without turning off your phone; however,  
you will not have access to all Sprint PCSVision services,  
includingWeb and messaging. Disabling Sprint PCSVision  
will avoid any charges associated with Sprint PCSVision  
services. While signed out, you can still place or receive phone  
calls, check voicemail, and use other voice services. You may  
enable Sprint PCSVision services again at any time.  
TodisableSprint PCSVisionservices:  
1. Select >Settings>PowerVision>DisableVision.  
(A message will be displayed.)  
2. Select Disable (right softkey) to confirm that you want to  
sign out.  
ToenableSprint PCSVisionservices:  
1. Select >Settings>PowerVision>EnableVision.  
(A message will be displayed.)  
2. Select OK (left softkey) to enableVision service.  
Section 2C: SettingYour Phone’s Security  
91  
 
Section 2D  
Controlling Your Roaming Experience  
In This Section  
UnderstandingRoaming (page 93)  
SettingYourPhone’sRoamMode (page 95)  
UsingCallGuard (page 96)  
UsingDataRoamGuard (page 97)  
Roamingistheabilitytomakeorreceivecallswhenyou’reoff  
theNationwideSprint PCSNetwork.Your new M1 by Sanyo  
works anywhere on the Nationwide Sprint PCS Network  
and allows you to roam on 1900 and 800 MHz digital  
networks.  
This section explains how roaming works as well as special  
features that let you manage your roaming experience.  
92  
Section 2D: ControllingYour Roaming Experience  
 
UnderstandingRoaming  
RecognizingtheRoamingIconontheDisplayScreen  
Your phone’s display screen always lets you know when you’re  
off the Nationwide Sprint PCS Network. Any time you are  
roaming, the phone displays the roaming icon ( ).  
Remember, whenyouareusingyourphoneoffthe  
NationwideSprint PCSNetwork, alwaysdialnumbersusing  
11digits(1+areacode+number).  
Tip:  
UnlessyourSprint PCSserviceplanincludesroaming, youwill  
payahigherper-minuterateforroamingcalls.  
Note:  
RoamingonOtherDigitalNetworks  
When you’re roaming on digital networks, your call quality  
and security will be similar to the quality you receive when  
making calls on the Nationwide Sprint PCS Network.  
However, you may not be able to access certain features,  
depending on the available network.  
Ifyou’reonacallwhenyouleavetheNationwideSprint PCS  
Networkandenteranareawhereroamingisavailable, your  
callisdropped. Ifyourcallisdroppedinanareawhereyou  
thinkSprint PCSserviceisavailable, turnyourphoneoffand  
onagaintoreconnect totheNationwideSprint PCSNetwork.  
Note:  
Section 2D: ControllingYour Roaming Experience  
93  
 
CheckingforVoicemailMessagesWhileRoaming  
When you are roaming off the Nationwide Sprint PCS  
Network, you may not receive on-phone notification of new  
voicemail messages. Callers can still leave messages, but you  
will need to periodically check your voicemail for new  
messages if you are in a roaming service area for an extended  
period of time.  
Tocheckyourvoicemailwhileroaming:  
1. Dial 1 + area code + your phone number.  
2. When you hear your voicemail greeting, press  
.
3. Enter your passcode at the prompt and follow the voice  
prompts.  
When you return to the Nationwide Sprint PCS Network,  
voicemail notification will resume as normal.  
94  
Section 2D: ControllingYour Roaming Experience  
SettingYourPhone’sRoamMode  
Your phone allows you to control your roaming capabilities. By  
using the Roaming menu option, you can determine which  
signals your phone accepts.  
Set Mode  
Choose from three different settings on your phone to control  
your roaming experience.  
Toset yourphone’sroammode:  
1. Select >Settings>Others>Roaming>Set Mode.  
2. To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
Sprint Only allows you to access the Nationwide  
Sprint PCS Network only and prevents roaming on  
other networks.  
Automatic seeks Sprint PCS service. When Sprint PCS  
service is unavailable, the phone searches for an  
alternate system.  
RoamingOnly forces the phone to seek a roaming  
system.The previous setting (Sprint Only or  
Automatic) is restored the next time the phone is  
turned on.  
Section 2D: ControllingYour Roaming Experience  
95  
 
UsingCallGuard  
Your phone has two ways of alerting you when you are  
roaming off the Nationwide Sprint PCS Network: the onscreen  
roaming icon and Call Guard. Call Guard makes it easy to  
manage your roaming charges by requiring an extra step  
before you can place or answer a roaming call. (This additional  
step is not required when you make or receive calls while on  
the Nationwide Sprint PCS Network.)  
ToturnCallGuardonoroff:  
1. Select >Settings>Others>Roaming>CallGuard.  
2. Highlight On or Off and press  
.
ToplaceroamingcallswithCallGuardon:  
1. From standby mode, dial 1 + area code + the seven-digit  
number and press  
2. Press to proceed while the pop-up message is  
displayed.  
– or –  
.
Press any key to erase the pop-up message, and then  
select Options (right softkey) >RoamCall.  
ToanswerincomingroamingcallswithCallGuardon:  
1. Press  
. (A message will be displayed notifying you  
that roaming charges will apply.)  
2. Press  
displayed.  
– or –  
to proceed while the pop-up message is  
Press any key to erase the pop-up message, and then  
select Options (right softkey) >Answer.  
IftheCallGuardfeatureisset to On, youneedtotakeextra  
stepstomakeandreceiveroamingcalls.  
Note:  
96  
Section 2D: ControllingYour Roaming Experience  
 
UsingDataRoamGuard  
Depending on service availability and roaming agreements,  
your phone may be able to access data services while roaming  
on certain digital systems. You can set your phone to alert you  
when you are roaming off the Nationwide Sprint PCS Network  
and try to use data services such as messaging.  
Toset yourDataRoamGuardnotification:  
1. Select >Settings>Others>Roaming>  
DataRoamGuard.  
2. Select an option and press  
.
AlwaysAsk sets your phone’s Data Roam Guard  
feature on. You will see a prompt and will be required  
to respond anytime you access data services while  
roaming.  
NeverAsk turns your phone’s Data Roam Guard  
feature off. You will not be notified of your roaming  
status when accessing data services.  
TousedataserviceswhenDataRoamGuardisactive:  
When a pop-up notification appears informing you that  
data roam charges may apply, select Roam (left softkey)  
to connect.  
CallGuardandDataRoamGuardareturnedoffbydefault on  
yourphone.  
Note:  
Section 2D: ControllingYour Roaming Experience  
97  
 
Section 2E  
Managing Call History  
In This Section  
ViewingHistory (page 99)  
CallHistoryOptions (page 100)  
MakingaCallFromCallHistory (page 101)  
SavingaPhoneNumberFromCallHistory (page 102)  
PrependingaPhoneNumberFromCallHistory (page 103)  
ErasingCallHistory (page 103)  
TheCallHistorykeepstrackofincomingcalls, outgoingcalls,  
andmissedcalls.This section guides you through accessing  
and making the most of your Call History.  
98  
Section 2E: Managing Call History  
 
ViewingHistory  
You’ll find the Call History feature very helpful. It is a list of the  
last 20 phone numbers (or Contacts entries) for calls you  
placed, accepted, or missed. Call History makes redialing a  
number fast and easy. It is continually updated as new  
numbers are added to the beginning of the list and the oldest  
entries are removed from the bottom of the list.  
Each entry contains the phone number (if it is available) and  
Contacts entry name (if the phone number is in your  
Contacts). Duplicate calls (same number and type of call) may  
only appear once on the list.  
ToviewaCallHistoryentry:  
1. Select >CallHistory, and then select Outgoing,  
Incoming, Missed, or Recent Calls.  
2. Highlight the entry you wish to view and press  
.
CallHistoryrecordsonlycallsthat occurwhilethephoneis  
turnedon. Ifacallisreceivedwhileyourphoneisturnedoff,  
it willnot beincludedinthephone’sIncomingorMissed  
calllogs.  
Note:  
Section 2E: Managing Call History  
99  
 
CallHistoryOptions  
For additional information about and options for a particular  
call, highlight a Call History entry and press .This feature  
displays the date and time of the call, the phone number (if  
available), and the caller’s name (if the number is already in  
your Contacts). By selecting Options (right softkey), you can  
choose from the following options:  
Call to dial the phone number.  
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone  
mode.  
SendMessage to send aText, Picture Mail, or SMSVoice  
message.  
SavePhone# to save the phone number (if applicable).  
GotoPhoneBook appears when the number is  
already in your Contacts list. (See “Saving a Phone  
Number From Call History” on page 102.)  
Rename to change the current entry’s name to Caller ID  
name (if applicable).  
Prepend to add numbers to the beginning of the phone  
number. (See “Prepending a Phone Number From Call  
History” on page 103.)  
CopytoPersonal to copy the phone number to the Ready  
Link Personal List (only appears when Sprint PCS Ready  
Link mode is set to Enable and the number does not match  
any stored entry in your Personal List).  
Erase to erase the entry.  
Youcanalsoviewthenext CallHistoryentrybypressingthe  
navigationkeyright orviewthepreviousentrybypressingthe  
navigationkeyleft.  
Tip:  
100  
Section 2E: Managing Call History  
 
MakingaCallFromCallHistory  
ToplaceacallfromCallHistory:  
1. Select >CallHistory, and then select Outgoing,  
Incoming, Missed, or Recent Calls.  
2. Use your navigation key to select a Call History entry and  
press  
.
Youcannot makecallsfromCallHistorytoentriesidentified  
asNoCallerID orRestricted.  
Note:  
Section 2E: Managing Call History  
101  
 
SavingaPhoneNumberFromCallHistory  
Your phone can store up to 500 Contacts entries. Contacts  
entries can store up to a total of 700 phone numbers, and each  
entry’s name can contain 32 characters.  
TosaveaphonenumberfromCallHistory:  
1. Use your navigation key to select a Call History entry and  
select Options(right softkey) >SavePhone#.  
2. Select NewName to create a new Contacts entry for the  
number or FromPh. Book to save the number to an  
existing entry.  
3. Select a label and press  
.
4. Enter a name for the new entry using the keypad and  
press  
– or –  
.
Search for an existing contact name and press to save  
the new number.  
5. Select Save (left softkey) to save the entry.  
After you have saved the number, the new Contacts entry is  
displayed. (See “Contacts Entry Options” on page 109.)  
Youcannot savephonenumbersalreadyinyourContactsor  
fromcallsidentifiedas NoCallerID orRestricted.  
Note:  
102  
Section 2E: Managing Call History  
 
PrependingaPhoneNumberFrom  
CallHistory  
If you need to make a call from Call History and you happen to  
be outside your local area code, you can add the appropriate  
prefix by prepending the number.  
ToprependaphonenumberfromCallHistory:  
1. Select a Call History entry and select Options(right  
softkey).  
2. Select Prepend.  
3. Enter the prefix and press  
to call the number.  
ErasingCallHistory  
To erase individual Call History entries, see “Call History  
Options” on page 100.  
ToeraseCallHistory:  
1. Select >CallHistory>EraseHistory.  
2. Select Outgoing, Incoming, Missed, Recent Calls, or All.  
3. Select VoiceCalls or ReadyLink.  
4. If you are certain you want to erase the call history,  
select Yes.  
– or –  
Select Noto return to the previous menu.  
Section 2E: Managing Call History  
103  
 
Section 2F  
Using Contacts  
In This Section  
AddingaNewContactsEntry (page 105)  
AssigningaGroupEntry (page 106)  
FindingContactsEntries (page 107)  
ContactsEntryOptions (page 109)  
AddingaPhoneNumbertoaContactsEntry (page 110)  
EditingaContactsEntry’sPhoneNumber (page 110)  
AssigningSpeedDialNumbers (page 111)  
EditingaContactsEntry (page 112)  
AssigninganImagetoaContactsEntry (page 112)  
SelectingaRingerTypeforan Entry (page 113)  
Secret ContactsEntries (page 114)  
DialingSprint PCSServices (page 115)  
Nowthat youknowthebasicsthat makeit easiertostayin  
touchwithpeopleandinformation, you’rereadytoexplore  
yourphone’smoreadvancedfeatures.This section explains  
how to use your phone’s Contacts list and helps you make  
the most of your time when you are trying to connect with  
the important people in your life.  
104  
Section 2F: Using Contacts  
 
AddingaNewContactsEntry  
Your phone can store up to 500 Contacts entries. Contacts  
entries can store up to a total of 700 phone numbers, and each  
entry’s name can contain 32 characters.  
Toaddanewentry:  
1. Select >Contacts>Find/AddEntry>AddContact.  
2. Enter a name for the entry and press the navigation key  
down. (See “EnteringText” on page 41.)  
Enterthephonenumberinstandbymodeandpress  
MENU. Proceedwithsteps2-6inSavingaPhone  
Numberonpage36.  
Shortcut:  
3. Enter the phone number for the entry and press  
.
4. Select a label for the entry (Mobile, Home, Work, Pager,  
Fax, or Other) and press  
.
5. Select Save (left softkey).  
After you have saved the number, the new Contacts entry is  
displayed. (See “Contacts Entry Options” on page 109.)  
ICEInCaseofEmergency  
Tip:  
Tomakeit easierforemergencypersonneltoidentify  
importantcontacts, youcanlist yourlocalemergency  
contactsunderICEinyourphone’sContactslist. For  
example, ifyourmotherisyourprimaryemergencycontact,  
list herasICE–MominyourContactslist.Tolist morethan  
oneemergencycontact, useICE1–___,ICE2–___,etc.  
Section 2F: Using Contacts  
105  
 
AssigningaGroupEntry  
Your phone can create up to 20 separate group lists.  
By assigning a contact to a group, you can search easily using a  
user-defined group name.  
ToassignaContact toagroup:  
1. Select >Contacts>Group.  
2. Select an available group entry location and select  
Options (right softkey) >AddMembers.  
3. Select the desired contact and press  
.
4. Select Add (left softkey) when you have finished  
selecting members.  
Toedit agroupentry:  
1. Select >Contacts>Group.  
2. Select the group entry you want to edit and select  
Options (right softkey) >Edit.  
3. Select the field you want to edit (Name, Ringer, or  
PictureID) and press  
.
4. Edit the entry and press  
.
5. Select Save (left softkey) to save your changes.  
Toeraseagroupmember:  
1. Select >Contacts>Group.  
2. Select the group titles and press to display the group  
members.  
3. Select the member you want to erase and select Options  
(right softkey) >Erase>This or All.  
4. Select Yes and press  
.
106  
Section 2F: Using Contacts  
 
FindingContactsEntries  
There are several ways to display your Contacts entries: by  
name, by speed dial number, by group, and by voice dial tags.  
Follow the steps outlined in the sections below to display  
entries from the Contacts menu.  
FindingNames  
TofindContactsentriesbyname:  
1. Select >Contacts>Find/AddEntry.  
2. Scroll through all the entries using your navigation key.  
– or –  
Enter the first letter of a name or part of a name. (The  
more letters you enter, the more your search narrows.)  
3. To display an entry, highlight it and press  
.
4. To dial the entry’s default phone number, press  
– or –  
.
To display additional Contacts entries, press the  
navigation key left or right.  
Fromstandbymode, select Contacts (right softkey)to  
displaytheContactslist.  
Shortcut:  
Section 2F: Using Contacts  
107  
 
FindingSpeedDialNumbers  
Tofindphonenumbersyouhavestoredinspeeddiallocations:  
Select  
>Contacts>SpeedDial#s.  
See “Using Speed Dialing” on page 40 for how to use  
speed dialing.  
FindingGroupEntries  
Tofindentriesdesignatedaspart ofagroup:  
1. Select >Contacts>Group.  
2. Scroll through the group titles using your navigation key.  
To display entries belonging to a group, highlight the  
group and press  
.
3. To dial the entry’s default phone number, press  
.
108  
Section 2F: Using Contacts  
ContactsEntryOptions  
To access a Contacts entry’s options, highlight an entry and  
press .Then select a phone number and select Options  
(right softkey).To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
Edit to edit the selected entry.  
Call to dial the selected number.  
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone  
mode.  
SendMessageto send aText, Picture Mail, or SMSVoice  
message.  
CallAlarm to set a call alarm for the entry. (See page 123 for  
Call Alarm.)  
Set SpeedDial to assign speed dial numbers to your  
favorite entries. (See Assigning Speed Dial Numbers” on  
page 111.)  
SetVoiceTag to set a voice dial for the entry. (See page 135  
forVoice Dial.)  
Prepend to alter a phone number by adding numbers to  
the beginning of the entry. (See “Prepending a Phone  
Number From Call History” on page 103.)  
CopytoPersonal to copy the phone number to your Ready  
Link Personal List (only appears when Sprint PCS Ready  
Link mode is set to Enable and the number does not match  
any stored entry in your Personal List).  
SendContact to send a Contacts entry in the Contacts list  
via Bluetooth.  
Print to print the Contacts data.  
Youcanviewthenext entrybypressingthenavigationkeyright  
orviewthepreviousentrybypressingthenavigationkeyleft.  
Tip:  
Section 2F: Using Contacts  
109  
 
AddingaPhoneNumbertoaContactsEntry  
Toaddaphonenumbertoanentry:  
1. Display a Contacts entry. (See “Finding Contacts Entries”  
on page 107.)  
2. Scroll to the entry you wish to add a phone number to  
and press  
.
3. Select a phone number, and then select Options (right  
softkey) >Edit; or if you are selecting an item other than  
the phone number, select Edit (right softkey).  
4. Select the box next to the  
icon and press  
.
.
5. Enter the number and press  
6. Select a label for the number and press  
.
7. Select Save(left softkey) to save the new number.  
EditingaContactsEntry’sPhoneNumber  
Toedit anentry’sphonenumber:  
1. Display a Contacts entry. (See page 107.)  
2. Select the entry you wish to edit and press  
.
3. Select the number you wish to edit and select Options  
(right softkey)>Edit.  
4. Press again to edit the number.  
5. Press to clear one digit at a time, or press and hold  
to erase the entire number.  
6. Re-enter or edit the number and press  
.
7. Select a label for the number and press  
.
8. Select Save(left softkey) to save the number.  
110  
Section 2F: Using Contacts  
 
AssigningSpeedDialNumbers  
With this feature you can dial Contacts directory entries with  
one keypress for locations 2–9. (For details on how to make  
calls using speed dial numbers, see “Using Speed Dialing” on  
page 40.)  
Toassignaspeeddialnumber:  
1. Select >Contacts>SpeedDial#s.  
2. Select an available speed dial location and press  
3. Select an entry from the list and press  
4. Select the phone number you want to set as a speed dial  
.
.
number and press  
.
– or –  
1. Display a Contacts entry.  
2. Scroll to an entry in the Contacts list and press  
.
3. Select the phone number you want to set as a speed dial  
number, and then select Options (right softkey) >  
Set SpeedDial.  
4. Select an available speed dial location and press  
.
Ifyouattempt toassignanalreadyin-usespeeddiallocation  
toanewphonenumber, adialogwillbedisplayedaskingif  
youwishtoreplacetheexistingspeeddialassignment. Select  
Yes toassignthelocationtothenewphonenumberand  
deletethepreviousspeeddialassignment.  
Note:  
Section 2F: Using Contacts  
111  
 
EditingaContactsEntry  
Tomakechangestoanentry:  
1. Display a Contacts entry.  
2. Select the entry you wish to edit and press  
.
3. Select a phone number, and then select Options (right  
softkey) >Edit; or if you are selecting an item other than  
the phone number, select Edit (right softkey).  
4. Select the field you want to edit and press  
.
5. Add or edit the desired information and press  
.
6. Select Save(left softkey) to save your changes.  
AssigninganImagetoaContactsEntry  
You can assign an image to a Contacts entry.The image is  
displayed when the entry calls you.  
Toassignanimageforanentry:  
1. Display a Contacts entry.  
2. Select the entry for which you want to assign the image  
and press  
.
3. Select a phone number, and then select Options (right  
softkey) >Edit; or if you are selecting an item other than  
the phone number, select Edit (right softkey).  
4. Press the navigation key up to highlight the icon and  
press  
.
5. Select an image and press to assign the image to the  
entry.  
6. Select Save (left softkey) to save the image type.  
112  
Section 2F: Using Contacts  
 
SelectingaRingerTypeforanEntry  
You can assign a ringer type to a Contacts entry so you can  
identify the caller by the ringer type. (See “RingerTypes” on  
page 47.)  
Toselect aringertypeforanentry:  
1. Display a Contacts entry.  
2. Select the entry for which you want to set the incoming  
ringer and press  
.
3. Select a phone number, and then select Options (right  
softkey) >Edit; or if you are selecting an item other than  
the phone number, select Edit (right softkey).  
4. Scroll down to the box next to the icon and press to  
display the RingerType menu.  
5. Use your navigation key to scroll through available  
ringers. (When you highlight a ringer type, a sample  
ringer will sound.)  
6. Highlight your desired ringer and press  
.
7. Select Save (left softkey) to save the new ringer type.  
Section 2F: Using Contacts  
113  
 
Secret ContactsEntries  
You can hide an entry’s phone number(s) and require your lock  
code to edit the entry by making it secret.The entry name is  
still displayed, but the entry’s information is replaced with  
“<Secret>”.  
Tomakeanentrysecret:  
1. Display a Contacts entry.  
2. Select the Contacts entry you want to tag as secret.  
3. Select Options (right softkey) >Set Secret.  
4. Enter the four-digit lock code.  
5. Select On and press  
.
Tomakeanentrypublic:  
1. Display a Contacts entry.  
2. Select the Contacts entry you want to tag as public.  
3. Select Options (right softkey) >Set Secret.  
4. Enter the four-digit lock code.  
5. Select Off and press  
.
Ifyoucan’t recallyourlockcode, tryusingthelast fourdigitsof  
eitheryourSocialSecuritynumberorwirelessphonenumber,  
ortry0000orNATL(6285). Ifnoneofthesework, call  
Sprint CustomerServiceat 1-888-211-4PCS(4727).  
Tip:  
114  
Section 2F: Using Contacts  
 
DialingSprint PCSServices  
Your Contacts list is preprogrammed with contact numbers  
for various Sprint PCS services.  
TodialaservicefromyourContacts:  
1. Select >Contacts>Services.  
2. Select CustomerService, DirAssistance(Sprint 411),  
Account Info, Sprint Operator, or VoiceCommand.  
3. Press  
to place the call.  
Todialaservicefromstandbymodeusingyourkeypad:  
1. Dial the appropriate service number:  
CustomerService–  
Sprint 411 –  
Account Info –  
SprintOperator –  
VoiceCommand –  
2. Press  
to place the call.  
Section 2F: Using Contacts  
115  
 
Section 2G  
Using the Phone’s Calendar and Tools  
In This Section  
UsingYourPhone’sCalendar (page 117)  
UsingYourPhone’sTools (page 125)  
ConnectingYourPhonetoYourPC (page 129)  
FileManager (page 130)  
PersonalInformationManagement (page 133)  
Yourphoneisequippedwithseveralpersonalinformation  
management featuresthat helpyoumanageyourbusy  
lifestyle.This section shows you how to use these features  
to turn your phone into a time management planner that  
helps you keep up with your contacts, schedules, and  
commitments.  
116  
Section 2G: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools  
 
UsingYourPhone’sCalendar  
DisplayingyourCalendar  
Todisplayyourcalendar:  
Select  
> Tools>Calendar.  
Tochangethecalendardisplayviews, select Monthly/Weekly  
(left softkey). Intheweeklyview, youcaneasilyaddtooredit  
yourownschedule.  
Tip:  
ChangingtheCalendarSettings  
This setting allows you to change the default settings for your  
phone’s calendar. You can customize the calendar display  
according to your needs.  
Tochangethecalendarsettings:  
1. From the calendar display, select Options (right softkey)  
>Settings.  
2. Select one of the following options and press  
.
Holidayto add a holiday to the calendar or edit the  
calendar (Set Date, SetWeekly, Reset Date,  
ResetWeekly, or Reset All).  
Display to change the display settings of the  
calendar (CalendarView, MonthlyView, or  
Timestartsat).  
Alarm to change the alarm settings of the calendar  
(RingerLength, SnoozeInterval, or SnoozeTimes).  
3. Use your navigation key to change the settings and  
press to save and exit.  
Section 2G: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools  
117  
 
AddinganEvent totheCalendar  
Your Calendar helps organize your time and reminds you of  
important events. You can schedule up to 200 events.  
Toaddanevent:  
1. Select >Tools>Calendar.  
2. Using your navigation key, highlight the day to which  
you would like to add an event and select Options (right  
softkey) >AddSchedule.  
3. Enter the description using your keypad and press  
.
4. Select the following items you want to edit and press  
.
Description to enter a description for the event.  
Category to select an event category (Appointment,  
Business, Meeting, Personal, Vacation, Travel, or  
Miscellaneous).  
Priority to select an event priority (None, High, or Low).  
Startto schedule a start time for the event.  
End to schedule an end time for the event.  
Location to edit a location for the event.  
Alarm to select a ringer type for the alarm.  
AlarmTime to edit the alarm time (number of hours  
or minutes before the event starts).The default  
alarm time is 10 minutes before an event.  
Repeat to select a repeating status for the event  
(Once, Daily, Weekly, Monthly, or Yearly).  
5. Select Save (left softkey) to save the event.  
Inthemonthlyview, dayswitheventsscheduledareindicated  
withatriangle.Intheweeklyview, timesforwhichyou  
Tip:  
havescheduledeventswillbehighlighted.  
118  
Section 2G: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools  
Event Alerts  
There are several ways your phone alerts you to scheduled  
events:  
By playing the assigned ringer type.  
By illuminating the backlight.  
By flashing the LED.  
Event Alert Menu  
When your phone is turned on and you have an event alarm  
scheduled, your phone alerts you and displays the event  
summary.  
Tosilencethealarm:  
Press any key to stop the alarm. (The alarm will stop and  
then sound again after the selected snooze interval.)  
Press and hold the side camera key to cancel snoozing.  
Select Dismiss (right softkey) to dismiss the event.  
ViewingDay’sEvents  
Toviewyourscheduledevents:  
1. Select >Tools>Calendar.  
2. From the monthly view, highlight the day for which you  
would like to view events and press . (If you have  
events scheduled for the selected day, they will be listed  
in chronological order.)  
Ifyouareintheweeklyview, select thehighlightedcellinthe  
spreadsheet andpressMENUtodisplaytheevent’sdetails.  
Tip:  
3. To display the details of an event listed in the schedule,  
highlight the event and press  
.
Section 2G: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools  
119  
Event List Options  
While you are displaying the day’s events list, select Options  
(right softkey) to access the following options:  
AddSchedule to add an event to the calendar.  
AddCallAlarm to add a call alarm to the calendar.  
AddToDo to addTo Do items to theTo Do List.  
ScheduleList to display the Schedule List on the calendar.  
CallAlarmList to display the Call Alarm List on the calendar.  
ToDoList to display theTo Do List on the calendar.  
Edit to edit the event.  
Set Cal. Secret to make an event secret.  
SendEvent to send the event via Bluetooth.  
Erase to erase the event.  
GoToDate to jump to another date on the calendar.  
ViewMemory to view the memory status saved in the  
phone.  
EraseMemory to erase memory saved in the phone.  
Print to print the calendar events.  
120  
Section 2G: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools  
GoingtoaSpecifiedDate  
TousetheCalendarmenutoget toaspecifieddate:  
1. Select >Tools>Calendar>Options (right softkey) >  
GotoDate.  
2. Enter the date you wish to go to using the navigation key  
and/or the keypad and press  
.
ErasingaDay’sEvents  
Toeraseaday’sscheduledevents:  
1. Select >Tools>Calendar.  
2. From the monthly view, highlight the day for which you  
would like to erase events and press  
.
3. Select one of the events and select Options (right  
softkey) >Erase.  
4. Highlight your desired option and press  
.
This to erase a single event.  
Select to erase selected events at one time.  
AllonThisList to erase all events on the list.  
5. Select Yes to erase or No to cancel.  
TheErasefunctionwillnot deleteeventsthat youhave  
Note:  
designatedassecret.(SeeEvent List Optionsonpage120.)  
Section 2G: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools  
121  
PurgingEvents  
Todeleteeventsscheduledbeforeaspecifictimeanddate:  
Select  
>Tools>Calendar>Options (right softkey) >  
EraseMemory>EraseOld>Yes.  
PurgingAllEvents  
Todeleteallscheduledevents:  
1. Select >Tools>Calendar>Options (right softkey) >  
EraseMemory>EraseAll>Yes. (An alert will be displayed  
asking you to confirm the deletion.)  
2. Select Yes (left softkey) to erase all events; select No  
(right softkey) to cancel.  
AlleventsareerasedincludingCallAlarms(seepage123)and  
ToDoList items(seepage124).  
Note:  
122  
Section 2G: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools  
AddingaCallAlarmtotheCalendar  
You can set call alarms to notify you when you need to place a  
call.The call alarm will let you know when and to whom to  
place a scheduled call. You can set up to 15 call alarms.  
Toaddacallalarmtothecalendar:  
1. Select >Tools>Calendar.  
2. Select the day to which you want to add a call alarm and  
select Options (right softkey).  
3. Press the navigation key left or right to select  
AddCallAlarm and press  
.
4. Enter the phone number directly or select Options (right  
softkey) for options.  
FromPh. Book to select the desired number from  
your Contacts list.  
Voicemail to select the number for voicemail access.  
5. Select the following items you want to edit and press  
.
Category to select a category for the call alarm  
(Appointment, Business, Meeting, Personal, Vacation,  
Travel, or Miscellaneous).  
Time/Date to edit the start time and date.  
Alarm to select the ringer alarm.  
Repeat to set the Call Alarm’s repeat status (Once,  
Daily, Weekly, Monthly, or Yearly).  
6. Select Save (left softkey).  
YoucanalsoaddacallalarmfromtheContactsmenu. (See  
“ContactsEntryOptionsonpage109.)  
Tip:  
Section 2G: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools  
123  
AddingToDoList Items  
Your phone can store and manage up to 40To Do List items.  
ToaddanitemtoyourToDoList:  
1. From the Calendar display, select Options (right softkey).  
2. Press the navigation key left or right to select AddToDo,  
and then press  
3. Enter the description using your keypad and press  
4. Select from the following options those you want to edit  
.
.
and press  
.
Category to select an event category.  
Priority to select an event priority (None, High, or Low).  
DueTime/Date to schedule a due time and date.  
Status to select a status for theTo Do items  
(NeedsAction or Completed).  
5. Select Save (left softkey) to save theTo Do items.  
AddingaToDoList ItemtotheSchedule  
ToaddaToDoList itemtotheschedule:  
1. From the Calendar display, select Options (right softkey).  
2. Highlight ScheduleList and press the navigation key left  
or right to select different list options.  
3. Select ToDoList from the options and press  
.
4. Select the item you want to add to the schedule, and  
select Options (right softkey) >AddToSchedule.  
5. Enter a description and other information using your  
keypad and press . (See Adding an Event to the  
Calendar” on page 118 for entering.)  
6. Select Save (left softkey).  
124  
Section 2G: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools  
UsingYourPhone’sTools  
In addition to helping you be more efficient and organized,  
your phone offers useful and entertaining tools.  
UsingtheAlarmClock  
Your phone comes with a built-in alarm clock with multiple  
alarm capabilities.  
Tousethealarmclock:  
1. Select >Tools>MoreTools>AlarmClock.  
2. Select a number and press  
.
3. Select the items you want to edit and press  
.
Description to enter a description of the alarm.  
Time to enter the alarm time.  
Repeat to select the alarm frequency.  
Alarm to set the alarm on or off.  
4. Select Save (left softkey) to save the alarm settings.  
Select On/Off (left softkey)totogglethealarmonandoff.  
Tip:  
Tochangethealert settings, select Settings (right softkey)to  
set theringerlengthandsnoozeoptions.  
DependingonthePowerOntoAlertsetting, thealarm  
settingwillbeactiveevenifthephoneisturnedoff. (See  
“SettingPowerOntoAlertonpage75.)  
Note:  
Inano-servicearea, it’snecessarytoset theactualtimeand  
datetousetheAlarmClockfunctionafterremovingand  
installingyourbattery.  
Section 2G: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools  
125  
 
UsingtheStopwatch  
Tostart thestopwatch:  
Select  
>Tools>MoreTools>StopWatch.  
Select Start (left softkey) to start the stopwatch.  
Select Stop (left softkey) to stop the stopwatch.  
Select Resume (left softkey) to restart the stopwatch.  
Torecordalaptimewhilethestopwatchisrunning:  
Select Lap (right softkey) to record time of the first lap.  
Select Lap (right softkey) again to record the next lap.  
(You can record up to five laps.)  
Todisplaythestopwatchoptions:  
1. During stopwatch operation, select Options (right  
softkey).  
2. To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
GotoLapList to display a saved Lap List. Select Detail  
(left softkey) to display the Lap List detail.  
SavetoLapList to save the recorded lap times.  
Reset to reset the time to zero and clear any recorded  
lap times.  
126  
Section 2G: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools  
UsingtheCountdownTimer  
This feature allows you to use the countdown timer with  
alarm capabilities. You can set up to five timers.  
Tousethecountdowntimer:  
1. Select >Tools>MoreTools>Countdown.  
2. Select a number and press  
.
3. Select the items you want to edit and press  
.
Description to enter a description of the countdown.  
Time to enter the countdown time.  
Alarm to set the countdown alarm on or off.  
4. Select Save (left softkey) to save the countdown settings.  
SelectOn/Off(leftsoftkey)totogglethecountdownalarm  
onandoff.  
Tip:  
Tochangethealert settings, select Settings (right softkey)to  
set theringerlengthandsnoozeoptions.  
Thisfeatureisnot availablewhileyourphoneisturnedoff.  
Note:  
WorldClock  
This feature is available only in digital service areas.  
Toviewthetimeindifferent locations:  
1. Select >Tools>MoreTools>WorldClock.  
2. Press the navigation key left or right to scroll through  
different time zones.  
Select Summer (left softkey)or Standard (right softkey)to  
select daylight savingorstandardtime(ifapplicable).  
Tip:  
Section 2G: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools  
127  
UsingtheCalculator  
Your phone comes with a built-in calculator.  
Tousethecalculator:  
1. Select >Tools>MoreTools>Calculator.  
2. Enter numbers using your keypad.  
3. Press the appropriate navigation key for an arithmetic  
option (Up for addition, Down for subtraction, Left for  
multiplication, Right for division). Press the left softkey  
to insert a decimal point.  
4. Enter numbers and press for the result.  
To clear the numbers, select CLR (right softkey).  
UpdatingYourPhone  
The update phone software option allows you to download  
and update the software in your phone over the air. Only the  
internal software is updated; no Contacts entries or other  
information saved in your phone will be deleted.  
ToupdateyourphonethroughtheToolsmenu:  
1. Select >Tools>UpdatePhone.  
2. If a new software version is available, select Yes (left  
softkey) to continue.  
3. Read the onscreen information and select Next (left  
softkey) to continue.  
4. Select UpdatePhone to update your phone.  
Ifyourphone’ssignalstrengthislow, UpdatePhonemaynot  
becompleted. Pleaseupdateyourphonewhenyou’reinan  
areawithbettersignalstrength.  
Note:  
128  
Section 2G: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools  
ConnectingYourPhonetoYourPC  
Before using your phone’s mass storage capabilities, you need  
to prepare your phone’s data services to synchronize with  
your desktop or laptop computer. Once the phone is  
connected to the PC, you can transfer your data to or from the  
phone quickly and easily.  
Toconnect yourphonetoyourPC:  
1. Select >Tools>USBConnection>MassStorage.  
2. Connect your phone to your PC using the provided USB  
cable. (Wait for the connection to be completed. When  
connected, the host computer will automatically detect  
your phone.)  
Toremovetheconnection:  
When you have finished transferring data, click the USB  
device icon on your computer’s taskbar, and follow the  
onscreen instructions to safely unplug the USB cable.  
(The process may vary depending on the PC.)  
Makesureyourbatteryisfullychargedbeforeusingthe  
MassStoragefunction.  
Note:  
WerecommendusingWindows2000/ME/XP.  
Synchronizationisguaranteedonlyforcomputersusingone  
oftheseoperatingsystems.  
Toavoidlossofdata, DONOTremovetheUSBcableorthe  
batterywhilefilesarebeingaccessedortransferred.  
DONOTturnofforrestart yourcomputer, orput it into  
standbymode, whileusingamassstoragedevice. Doingso  
willresult inlossordamageofdata.  
Whileyouareconnectedtothecomputer, yourphone’sscreen  
willdisplayPhoneOff.” Youcannot makeorreceivecalls.  
Section 2G: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools  
129  
 
FileManager  
File Manager allows you to manage your files such as pictures,  
videos, music and applications stored in the phone’s memory.  
With this feature, you can search, move, erase, import,  
rename and open files more easily.  
AccessingFileManager  
Toaccessfilemanager:  
Select  
>Tools>FileManager. (The preset folders will  
be displayed: DCIM, MEDIA, MUSIC, andVOICE.)  
FileManagerIconIndication  
Content Type Icons  
File Extension  
m3g  
Picture  
jpeg, jpg, wbmp, png, bmp, gif  
m4v, mp4, 3gp, 3gpp, 3gp2, 3g2  
Video  
Audio  
mp3, aac, m4a, amr  
qcp  
mid, midi  
pmd  
vcf  
Contact  
Calendar  
Unknown  
vcs  
unsupported file format  
Ifyouwant todeleteallfilesinFileManager, besuretodelete  
yourfilesusingonlythephone’sSecuritymenu. (SeeErasing  
PhoneContentonpage85.) IfyoudeleteallfilesusingaPC,  
theFileManagerwillnot workproperly.  
Note:  
130  
Section 2G: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools  
 
OpeningFilesintheFileManager  
Toopenfilesinthefilemanager:  
1. Select >Tools>FileManager.  
2. Select your desired folder and press  
.
3. Use your navigation key to select an item you wish  
to open.  
UsingFileManagerOptions  
When you are navigating files and folders in the file manager,  
several user options are available by selecting Options (right  
softkey).To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
Move to move the file from the current folder to another  
folder.  
Erase to delete the file or folder from File Manager.  
Importto import the phonebook file or the calendar file.  
View to view the image file.  
Listen to listen to the audio file.  
Playto play the audio/video file.  
Sortbyto sort folder contents by name, date, or size.  
Properties to view the properties of the file.  
Rename to change the name of the selected file.  
Youmaynot beabletousethefileifyouchangethefilename  
extension.  
Note:  
Set as to set images as your wallpaper, screen saver, or  
Caller ID for the contacts.  
Section 2G: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools  
131  
SortingtheFolderContents  
Tosort thefoldercontents:  
1. Select >Tools>FileManager.  
2. Select the folder that includes the content you want to  
sort and press  
.
3. Select Options (right softkey) >Sort by.  
4. Select an item (Name, Size, or Date) and press  
.
5. Select Ascending or Descending and press  
.
ViewingMemoryinFileManager  
ToviewtheusedandavailablememoryinFileManager:  
1. Select >Tools>FileManager.  
2. Select Options (right softkey) >ViewMemory. (The used  
and available memory space will be displayed.)  
132  
Section 2G: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools  
PersonalInformationManagement  
DisplayingYourUserAddress  
Todisplaythephone’scurrent useraddress:  
Select  
>Settings>PhoneInfo>Phone#/UserID.  
FindingIconDefinitions  
Toviewanexplanationoficonsthat appearonthedisplay:  
1. Select >Settings>PhoneInfo>IconGlossary.  
2. Select the item for which you want to see the explanation  
and press . (The icon’s explanation appears.)  
DisplayingtheVersionInformation  
Todisplaytheversionnumberofthesoftware, hardware, PRL  
(PreferredRoamingList), PRI(Product ReleaseInstructions), etc.,  
installedonyourphone:  
Select  
>Settings>PhoneInfo>Version.  
DisplayingAdvancedInformation  
Todisplayadvancedinformationsuchasfrequencyandother  
technicalinformation:  
Select  
>Settings>PhoneInfo>Advanced.  
DisplayingYourPhoneStatus  
Todisplaythephone’scurrentphonestatus:  
Select  
>Settings>PhoneInfo>PhoneStatus.  
Section 2G: Using the Phone’s Calendar andTools  
133  
 
Section 2H  
Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
In This Section  
UsingVoice-ActivatedDialing (page 135)  
UsingAutomaticSpeechRecognition (page 137)  
UsingtheVoiceRecorder (page 144)  
SettingUpScreenCall (page 149)  
Yourphone’sVoiceServiceslet youplacecallsusingyourvoice,  
storevoicereminders, andrecordmemosright onyourphone.  
This section includes easy-to-follow instructions for using  
voice-activated dialing and managing voice memos.  
134  
Section 2H: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services  
 
UsingVoice-ActivatedDialing  
In addition to Sprint PCSVoice Command (see page 246), you  
can use a voice dial tag to automatically dial a phone number  
in your Contacts. (A voice dial tag is a command you record  
and use to place calls without using the keypad.)Your phone  
can store up to 30 voice dial tags.  
Pleaseset theVoicePrompt feature(seepage50)to On before  
usingtheVoice-ActivatedDialingsothat youcanhearthe  
voiceinstructionfromthephone.Thedefault settingisoff.  
Note:  
MakingaCallUsingVoice-ActivatedDialing  
Touseavoicedialtagtocallaphonenumber:  
1. Press and hold  
or  
.
2. Follow the voice prompts and recite the entry’s voice dial  
tag into your phone’s microphone.  
Recordvoicedialtagsinaquiet environment.  
Tip:  
ProgrammingVoiceDialTags  
Toprogramavoicedialtag:  
1. Display a Contacts entry.  
2. Select a contact and press  
.
3. Select a phone number, and then select Options (right  
softkey) >SetVoiceTag>Add.  
4. After you are prompted to say the name you wish to  
program, wait for the beep and then say the name into  
your phone’s microphone.  
Section 2H: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services  
135  
 
5. Respond to the prompt by repeating the name after the  
beep. (The display shows “VoiceTag Recorded.”)  
If you set a voice tag, the  
icon is shown next to  
the phone number on the Contacts list.  
ReviewingVoiceDialTags  
Toreviewvoicedialtags:  
1. Display a Contacts entry.  
2. Select a voice dial entry you want to review and press  
.
3. Highlight the desired voice dial entry and select Options  
(right softkey) >SetVoiceTag.  
4. To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
Play to play the selected voice dial tag.  
Play:Speaker to play the tag in speakerphone mode.  
Changeto change the recorded voice dial tag.  
Erase to erase the voice dial tag. Select Yes to erase;  
select No to cancel.  
ErasingAllVoiceDialTags  
Toeraseallvoicedialtags:  
1. Select >Settings>Security, and then enter your lock  
code. (The Security menu is displayed.)  
2. Select Erase/Reset >EraseVoiceTag.  
3. Select OK (left softkey), and then select Yes to erase all  
recorded voice dial tags; select No to cancel.  
136  
Section 2H: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services  
UsingAutomaticSpeechRecognition  
Your Sprint PCS Phone is equipped with an Automatic Speech  
Recognition (ASR) feature.This feature allows you to make  
calls or use the phone’s functions by simply using your voice.  
All you have to do is to talk into the phone, and the phone will  
recognize your voice and complete tasks by itself.  
ActivatingAutomaticSpeechRecognition  
ToactivateAutomaticSpeechRecognition:  
From standby mode, press  
.
The phone displays the Command menu and prompts you to  
say the name of the command you want to use.To complete  
your task, simply follow the voice prompts.  
Thefollowingisalist ofavailableASRcommands:  
Call to call an entry in your Contacts list. (See page 138 for  
details.)  
DialNumber to dial a phone number by speaking the  
number. (See page 139 for details.)  
Find to find an entry stored in your Contacts list. (See  
page 139 for details.)  
International to make an international call. (See page 140  
for details.)  
PhoneStatus to tell you the current phone status.  
VoiceTag to call an entry in your Contacts list by speaking  
voice tag. (See page 140 for details.)  
MyPhone# to display your phone number.  
DigitTraining to train the phone to your voice to achieve  
better recognition. (See page 141 for details.)  
Prompt On or Prompt Offto activate or deactivate voice  
prompt.  
Section 2H: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services  
137  
 
Goto <item or application> to jump directly to the menu  
items or applications. (See page 142 for details.)  
WhenyoudisplayaCommandmenu, sayMoreorPrevious”  
todisplayadditionalcommandsorgobacktotheprevious  
commanddisplay.  
Tip:  
UsetheAutomaticSpeechRecognitionfeatureinaquiet  
environment soit canaccuratelyidentifyyourvoice.  
Note :  
Tip :  
DuringASRoperation, select Help (right softkey)toget  
instructionsforAutomaticSpeechRecognition.  
MakingaVoiceCallbyUsingASR  
With ASR, you can make a voice call by speaking a name,  
phone number, or using a voice tag.  
Tomakeavoicecallbyspeakinganame:  
1. Press  
to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “Call” to your phone.  
3. Say the full name of a contact in your Contacts list (for  
example, “John Jones”).  
4. Say the phone type youd like to call (for example,  
“Mobile”).  
Toexecuteseveralcommandsat atime, youcanalsosay  
severalcommandscontinuously(forexample, “Call,  
JohnJones, Mobile”).  
Shortcut:  
5. The phone will automatically place a call if it recognizes  
your voice.  
6. When you are finished, press  
.
DuringASRoperation, youcanalsoselectyourdesireditems  
byusingthenavigationkeyorpressingavailablesoftkeyson  
thedisplay.  
Tip:  
138  
Section 2H: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services  
Tomakeacallbyspeakingaphonenumber:  
1. Press to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “DialNumber” to your phone.  
3. Say the phone number you wish to dial one digit at a time.  
YoucanalsosayDialNumberfollowedbythenumber  
youwant tocall.  
Shortcut:  
4. The phone automatically places the call if it recognizes  
your voice.  
5. When you are finished, press  
.
Ifthephonedoesnot recognizethename/number, thephone  
willfindthemost likelymatchname/numberanddisplaya  
list ofuptothreenames/numbers.Youwillhearthevoice  
prompt “Didyousay…followedbythematched  
Note:  
name/number.Youcanconfirmthename/numberbysaying  
“Yes,orsayNotochangetheselection.  
FindingContactsList Entries  
This feature allows you to find an entry in your Contacts list by  
saying the name.  
Tofindacontact intheContactslist:  
1. Press  
to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “Find” to your phone.  
3. Say the full name of a contact in your Contacts list (for  
example, “John Jones”).  
4. The phone will display the contact details for the  
recognized name.  
5. To make a call, select the desired number from the list by  
using your navigation key and press  
.
Section 2H: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services  
139  
MakingaCallUsingaVoiceTag  
With a voice tag you record, your phone will automatically dial  
a phone number. (To create a voice tag, see “Programming  
Voice DialTags” on page 135.)  
Tomakeacallbyusingavoicetag:  
1. Press  
to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “VoiceTag” into your phone.  
3. Say your recorded voice tag. (The phone automatically  
places the call if it recognizes your voice.)  
4. When you are finished, press  
.
MakingInternationalCallsbyUsingASR  
Your phone’s ASR Dialing feature allows you to make  
international calls by speaking the digits of the country code.  
TomakeinternationalcallsbyusingASR:  
1. Press  
to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “International.”  
3. Say the country code one digit at a time.  
4. Say the phone number you wish to dial one digit at a time.  
(The phone automatically places the call if it recognizes  
your voice.)  
5. When you are finished, press  
.
140  
Section 2H: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services  
UsingDigitTraining  
This feature allows you to train the phone to recognize your  
voice when speaking a phone number. You can get better  
recognition accuracy by programming your intonation  
pattern into your phone.  
ToprogramDigitTraining:  
1. Press  
to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “DigitTraining.”  
3. Say “Start” or select Start (left softkey) to start  
programming.  
4. Follow the voice prompts and recite the digits into your  
phone’s microphone. (A voice prompt will indicate the  
current rate of adaptation.)  
5. Respond to the voice prompt repeatedly until  
adaptation is complete. (When you have finished  
training, you will hear a confirmation that the  
adaptation has been successfully completed.)  
Trydigit traininginaquiet environment forthebest results.  
Whenyoutrain, makesureyouspeakclearlyanddistinctlyin  
yournaturalvoice.  
Note:  
ToactivateDigitTraining:  
1. Press  
to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “DigitTraining.”  
3. Say “On” or select On (right softkey) to activate the  
existing data. (A voice prompt will announce the  
activation of digit training.)  
Section 2H: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services  
141  
TodeactivateDigitTraining:  
1. Press  
to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “DigitTraining.”  
3. Say “Off” or select Off (right softkey) to deactivate the  
existing data. (A voice prompt will announce the  
deactivation of digit training.The adaptation returns to  
its default setting.)  
OpeningtheMenubyUsingASR  
This feature allows you to jump directly to the menu items or  
applications by saying “Goto” followed by an item in the menu.  
ToaccessthemenubyusingASR:  
1. Press  
to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “Goto” and the menu you want to open (for  
example, “Go to Messaging”).  
3. The menu you have chosen will open.  
142  
Section 2H: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services  
MakingaSprint PCSReadyLinkCallbyUsingASR  
You can place a Sprint PCS Ready Link call by using automatic  
speech recognition from your Sprint PCS Ready Link List.To  
make a Sprint PCS Ready Link Call, your phone’s Sprint PCS  
Ready Link mode must be set to Enable. (See “Setting  
Sprint PCS Ready Link Mode” on page 181 for details.)  
TomakeaSprint PCSReadyLinkCallbyusingASR:  
1. Press and hold the Ready Link/Recorder button on the  
side of your phone (  
). (The Command menu of your  
Sprint PCS Ready Link List will display.)  
2. Choose from one of the following options:  
Call to place a Sprint PCS Ready Link call from the  
Personal List.  
Group to place a Sprint PCS Ready Link call from the  
Personal Groups.  
CompanyCall to place a Sprint PCS Ready Link call  
from the Company List (if applicable).  
CompanyGroup to place a Sprint PCS Ready Link call  
from the Company Group List (if applicable).  
DialNumber to place a Sprint PCS Ready Link call by  
speaking a number.  
3. Say “Call,” “Group,” “CompanyCall,” “CompanyGroup,” or  
DialNumber.”  
4. Say the contact’s name in your Sprint PCS Ready Link List  
or the digits of the phone number. (Wait for the prompt.)  
5. To place the call, press and hold  
. (See “Making and  
Receiving a Sprint PCS Ready Link Call” on page 183 for  
details.)  
IfyousayCallorDialNumberduringstep4above, youcan  
sayadditionalcommandscontinuously(forexample, “Call,  
JohnJonesorDialNumber, 999-999-9999”).  
Tip:  
Section 2H: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services  
143  
UsingtheVoiceRecorder  
With this feature, you can easily record meetings, lectures, or  
even brief memos to remind you of important events, phone  
numbers, or grocery list items.  
Ifyouhaven’t signedupfortheSprint PCSReadyLinkservice  
andSprint PCSReadyLinkmodeisset toDisableorthe  
Sprint PCSReadyLinkserviceislocked, youcanusetheReady  
Link/RecorderButtonasaVoiceRecorderbuttoninstandby  
mode.Youcanuseit torecordmemosordisplayvoicerecorder  
options.  
Tip:  
RecordingVoiceMemos  
Torecordavoicememo:  
1. Select >Tools>VoiceServices>VoiceRecorder>  
Record or Record:Speaker.  
2. Start recording after the beep.  
Toendtherecordingofyourvoicememo:  
Press  
,
or  
.
Yourphonecanstoreupto1000voicememos(maximum  
recordingtimeforeachmemois12hours).  
Note:  
Thetotalrecordingtimedependsontheavailablememory  
spaceonyourphone.  
Fromstandbymode, pressandholdtheReady  
Link/Recorderbuttononthesideofthephonetorecorda  
voicememo.  
Shortcut:  
144  
Section 2H: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services  
 
Torecordavoicememowiththephoneclosed:  
1. When the phone is closed, press the side camera key to  
activate the launch menu.  
2. Press the external control key up or down to select  
VoiceRecorder, and press  
.
3. Select Record:Speaker and and press  
4. Start recording after the beep.  
Toendtherecordingofyourvoicememo:  
.
Press and hold  
.
ReviewingVoiceMemos  
Toplaythevoicememosyouhaverecorded:  
1. Select >Tools>VoiceServices>VoiceRecorder>Play or  
Play:Speaker>VoiceData.  
2. Select a voice memo from the list or select All if you want  
to play all voice memos continuously.  
3. Select Play (left softkey) to play the voice memos.  
Select Speed (left softkey) to change the playing  
speed.  
Select Pause (right softkey) to pause.To restart,  
select Play (right softkey).  
Toreviewthevoicememoswiththephoneclosed:  
1. Press the side camera key to activate the launch menu.  
2. Using the side volume key or external control key, select  
VoiceRecorder.  
3. Select Play:Speaker>VoiceData.  
4. Select the voice memo you want to play and press  
to play.  
Section 2H: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services  
145  
SettingtheRecordingGuard  
With this feature, you can record voice memos without  
interruption by incoming calls.  
Toset therecordingguard:  
1. Select >Tools>VoiceServices>VoiceRecorder.  
2. Highlight Record or Record:Speaker, and then select  
RecGuard (right softkey).  
3. Select On or Off and press  
.
While Recording Guard is on, your phone’s standby screen will  
display “Phone Off.” You cannot make or receive calls.  
VoiceMemoOptions  
There are several user options available for managing voice  
memos.  
Todisplaythevoicememooptions:  
1. Select >Tools>VoiceServices>VoiceRecorder>Play or  
Play:Speaker>VoiceData.  
2. Select the desired voice memo and select Options (right  
softkey).  
3. To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
SpeakerOn or SpeakerOff to activate or deactivate  
speakerphone mode.  
PlaySelected or PlayAll to play a selected voice memo  
or all voice memos.  
Display/Edit to edit or display details relating to your  
voice memos.  
GotoTime to set the starting point of the recording.  
SendviaBluetooth to send voice memo via  
Bluetooth.  
Erase or EraseAll to erase an individual memo or all  
voice memos.  
146  
Section 2H: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services  
ErasingVoiceMemos  
Toeraseanindividualvoicememo:  
1. Select >Tools>VoiceServices>VoiceRecorder>Play or  
Play:Speaker>VoiceData.  
2. Select the memo you want to erase and select Options  
(right softkey) >Erase>Yes.  
Toeraseallvoicememos:  
1. Select >Tools>VoiceServices>VoiceRecorder>  
EraseAll>VoiceData.  
2. Select Yes to erase all voice memos saved in the phone.  
Ifyouselect All duringstep1above, youcaneraseallvoice  
Tip:  
recordings(voicememosandcallmemos)savedinthephone.  
RecordingCallMemos  
You can use your phone’sVoice Services to record the other  
party’s voice during a phone call.  
Torecordacallmemo:  
1. During a call, select Options (right softkey) >Tools>  
VoiceServices>CallMemo>Record.  
2. Start recording after the beep.  
3. To finish recording, press or  
.
Recording also stops when the call is disconnected.  
Onlytheotherparty’svoiceisrecordedduringthisprocess.  
Note:  
Tip :  
Torecordacallmemowiththephoneclosed, pressandhold  
theReadyLink/Recorderbuttonwhileyou’reonacall.  
Section 2H: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services  
147  
ReviewingCallMemos  
Toplaythecallmemosyouhaverecorded:  
1. Select >Tools>VoiceServices>VoiceRecorder>Play or  
Play:Speaker>CallMemo.  
2. Select a call memo from the list or select All if you want  
to play all call memos continuously.  
3. Press to play the call memos.  
Select Slow (left softkey) or Fast (right softkey) to  
change the playing speed.  
Toreviewthecallmemoswiththephoneclosed:  
1. Press the side camera key to activate the launch menu.  
2. Using the side volume key or external control key, select  
VoiceRecorder.  
3. Select Play:Speaker>CallMemo.  
4. Select the call memo you want to play and press to  
play.  
ErasingCallMemos  
Toeraseanindividualcallmemo:  
1. Select >Tools>VoiceServices>VoiceRecorder>Play or  
Play:Speaker>CallMemo.  
2. Select the memo you want to erase and select Options  
(right softkey) >Erase>Yes.  
Toeraseallcallmemos:  
1. Select >Tools>VoiceServices>VoiceRecorder>  
EraseAll>CallMemo.  
2. Select Yes to erase all call memos saved in the phone.  
148  
Section 2H: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services  
SettingUpScreenCall  
This feature enables you to screen incoming calls by using a  
recorded announcement, either one that is prerecorded or  
one that you have recorded. You can also record the caller’s  
message into theVoice Data list.  
ActivatingScreenCall  
Tostart ScreenCallwhenyouhaveincomingcalls:  
When the phone rings or vibrates, select Options (right  
softkey) >ScreenCall.  
Toset AutoScreenCall:  
1. Select >Tools>VoiceServices>ScreenCall>Auto.  
2. Select On and press  
.
3. Set the answering time by using numeric keys or by  
pressing the navigation key up or down.  
4. Select OK (left softkey). (The icon is displayed on the  
standby display.)  
Whilethecaller’smessageisbeingrecorded, pressTALK to  
answerthecall, orpressENDtostoprecordinganddisconnect  
thecall.  
Tip:  
SelectinganAnnouncement forScreenCall  
To select a Screen Call announcement:  
1. Select >Tools>VoiceServices>ScreenCall>  
Announcement.  
2. Select Pre-Recorded or Custom and press  
.
Section 2H: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services  
149  
 
RecordingYourNameforaPrerecorded  
Announcement  
You can use a prerecorded announcement with or without  
your name. If you record your name, your phone adds your  
name to the prerecorded message to announce that you are  
not available to answer calls.  
Torecordyourname:  
1. Select >Tools>VoiceServices>ScreenCall>  
Announcement.  
2. Select Pre-Recorded and select Edit (right softkey) >  
RecordName.  
3. Press to start the first recording. (Press to stop  
recording.The maximum recording time is 12 seconds.)  
4. After the first recording, press again to start the  
second recording.  
5. Press to stop recording.  
RecordingaCustomizedAnnouncement  
Torecordanannouncement:  
1. Select >Tools>VoiceServices>ScreenCall>  
Announcement.  
2. Select Custom and select Edit (right softkey) >Record.  
3. Press to start the first recording. (Press to stop  
recording.The maximum recording time is 12 seconds.)  
4. After the first recording, press again to start the  
second recording.  
5. Press to stop recording.  
150  
Section 2H: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services  
ReviewinganAnnouncement  
Toreviewanannouncement:  
1. Select >Tools>VoiceServices>ScreenCall>  
Announcement.  
2. Select Pre-Recorded or Custom, and select Edit (right  
softkey) >Play or Play:Speaker.  
ErasinganAnnouncement  
Toeraseanannouncement:  
1. Select >Tools>VoiceServices>ScreenCall>  
Announcement.  
2. Select Pre-Recorded or Custom, and select Edit (right  
softkey).  
3. Select Erase or EraseName. (A confirmation will be  
displayed.)  
4. Select Yes and press  
.
Section 2H: UsingYour Phone’sVoice Services  
151  
Section 2I  
Using the Built-in Camera  
In This Section  
TakingPictures (page 153)  
UsingtheSettings&InfoMenu (page 161)  
RecordingVideos (page 163)  
StoringPicturesandVideos (page 168)  
SendingSprint PCSPictureMail (page 171)  
ManagingSprint PCSPictureMail (page 174)  
PrintingPicturesDirectlyFromYourPhone (page 178)  
Yourphone’sbuilt-incameragivesyoutheabilitytotakefull-  
colordigitalpictures, viewyourpicturesusingthephone’s  
display, andinstantlysendthemtofamilyandfriends. It’s fun  
and as easy to use as a traditional point-and-click camera:  
just take a picture, view it on your phone’s display, and send  
it from your phone to up to 25 people.  
This section explains the features and options of your  
phone’s built-in camera.  
152  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
 
TakingPictures  
Taking pictures with your phone’s built-in camera is as simple  
as choosing a subject, pointing the lens, and pressing a  
button. You can activate the phone’s camera mode whether  
the phone is open or closed.  
Totakeapicturewiththephoneopen:  
1. Select >Pictures>Camera to activate camera mode.  
(Additional camera options are available through the  
camera mode Options menu. See “Camera Mode  
Options” on page 156 for more information.)  
Toactivatecameramode, youcanalsopressandholdthe  
camerakey.  
Shortcut:  
2. Using the phone’s Main LCD as a viewfinder, aim the  
camera lens at your subject.  
Youmaylockthefocusmanuallybyselecting FocusLock (left  
softkey).  
Tip:  
3. Press  
sounds.  
,
, or the side camera key until the shutter  
4. To save the picture, select Save (left softkey). (The picture  
will be saved in the In Phone folder.)  
To discard the picture and return to camera mode,  
press  
,
or Cancel (right softkey).  
5. Select Next (right softkey) for more options:  
TakeNewPicture to return to camera mode to take  
another picture.  
SendtoContacts to send your picture. (See page 171  
for details.)  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
153  
 
Print to print an image by mail, at a retail store, by  
using PictBridge, or by using Bluetooth.  
Post toServices to access available services. Select  
Update to display the latest services.  
Upload to upload the picture you just took to the  
Sprint PCS Picture MailWeb site  
settings, you may be prompted to accept a data  
connection.  
ReviewMedia to go to the In Phone folder to review  
your saved pictures and videos.  
SendviaBluetooth to send a picture via Bluetooth.  
Set as to assign the picture. Select an option and  
press  
.
Delete to delete the picture you just took.  
Details/Edit to edit or display details relating to your  
pictures.  
Totakeapicturewiththephoneclosed:  
1. Press the side camera key to activate the launch menu.  
2. Select Camera.  
3. Point the camera lens at your subject. (You can check the  
picture framing through the external display screen.)  
4. Press the side camera key or on the external control  
key to take the picture.  
154  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
CreatingYourSprint PCSPictureMailPassword  
The first time you use any of the picture management options  
involving the Sprint PCS Picture MailWeb site, you will need to  
establish a Sprint PCS Picture Mail password through your  
phone.This password will also allow you to sign in to the  
Sprint PCS Picture MailWeb site at www.sprint.com/picturemail  
to access and manage your uploaded pictures and albums.  
TocreateyourSprint PCSPictureMailpassword:  
1. Select >Pictures>MyAlbums>OnlineAlbums.  
(You will be prompted to create a Sprint PCS Picture Mail  
password.)  
IfyourSprint PCSserviceplandoesnot includeSprint PCS  
PictureMail, youwillfirst bepromptedtosubscribetothe  
serviceforanadditionalmonthlycharge.  
Note:  
2. Enter your password and press . (You will be  
prompted to confirm your password.)  
3. Please wait while the system creates your account.  
WritedownyourSprint PCSPictureMailpasswordinasecure  
place.  
Tip:  
Once you have received confirmation that your account has  
been successfully registered, you may upload and share  
pictures and access the Sprint PCS Picture MailWeb site.  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
155  
CameraModeOptions  
When the phone is open and in camera mode, select Options  
(right softkey) to display additional camera options:  
PictureMode to select a picture mode from Normal,  
Beach/Snow, Scenery, MirrorImage, Night/Dark, or  
SelfPortrait.  
Flash to activate the flash. (See “Setting the Flash” on  
page 157 for details.)  
AutoFocus to use the autofocus functions. (See “Setting  
Auto Focus” on page 159 for details.)  
Zoom to zoom in on a subject. (See “Using the Zoom” on  
page 159 for details.)  
Self-Timer to activate the camera’s timer. (See “Setting the  
Self-Timer” on page 157 for details.)  
FunTools to select an option from the following:  
MultipleShots to take multiple shots. (See “Taking  
Multiple Shots” on page 158.)  
FunFrames to select your favorite fun picture frame  
to decorate your picture.  
ColorTone to select a wide variety of color tones for  
the picture.  
ImageControls to select an option from Brightness,  
WhiteBalance, Sharpness, or Contrast.  
CameraSettings to select your settings. (See “Selecting  
Camera Settings” on page 160 for details.)  
ReviewMedia to go to the In Phone folder to review your  
saved pictures and videos.  
CamcorderMode to switch to video mode. (See “Recording  
Videos” on page 163 for details.)  
KeyGuidance to indicate the key functions in camera mode.  
MyFavoriteSettings to select your favorite setting.  
156  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
SettingtheFlash  
Toactivatetheflash:  
1. From camera mode, select Options (right softkey) >Flash.  
2. Select one of the following options and press  
:
Off to deactivate the flash.  
OnThisShot to activate the flash for one shot.  
OnAlways to activate the flash for all pictures.  
Auto to activate the flash automatically.  
Note:  
Whilethephoneisopenandincameramode, press  
switchbetweenflashmodes.  
to  
SettingtheSelf-Timer  
Toactivatetheself-timer:  
1. From camera mode, select Options (right softkey) >  
Self-Timer.  
2. Highlight the length of delay you want the timer to use  
(10Seconds or 5Seconds) and press  
.
3. Select Start (left softkey) when you are ready to start the  
timer. ( appears on the upper right portion of the  
Main LCD during the self-timer countdown.)  
4. Get ready for the picture. (When the timer is down to  
three seconds, the self-timer icon will turn red and the  
phone will begin to beep.)  
Tocanceltheself-timerafterit hasstarted:  
Select Cancel (right softkey).  
Whiletheself-timerisactive, allkeysaredisabledexcept  
Back, END, andtherightsoftkeybutton(Cancel).  
Note:  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
157  
TakingMultipleShots  
This feature allows you to take up to nine continuous shots in  
sequence. When you take multiple shots, the icon will be  
displayed in the viewfinder.  
Totakemultipleshots:  
1. From camera mode, select Options (right softkey)>  
FunTools>MultipleShots.  
Whentakingmultipleshots, theresolutionistemporarilyset  
toLow(240x320).  
Note:  
2. Select an option from the following and press  
.
Off to deactivate multiple shots.  
3 Shots to take a series of 3 shots.  
6 Shots to take a series of 6 shots.  
9 Shots to take a series of 9 shots.  
3. Select the duration of the interval between shots  
(Normal or Fast ) and press  
.
4. Select to take the pictures.  
5. Select Save (left softkey) to save the pictures. (The  
Multiple Shots folder will be displayed, up to nine  
thumbnail pictures per screen.)  
6. Select Next (right softkey) to display picture options, or  
press to return to Camera mode to take another  
picture.  
158  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
SettingAutofocus  
With this feature, you can adjust the focus automatically  
depending on the distance of the subject from the camera  
lens. By default, the autofocus is set to on.  
Toset autofocus:  
1. From camera mode, select Options (right softkey) >  
AutoFocus.  
2. Select On or Off and press  
.
While in camera mode, you can select FocusLock (left  
softkey) to lock the focus.To take the picture, select  
Capture (left softkey), or press  
,
, or the side  
camera key.  
UsingtheZoom  
This feature allows you to zoom in on an object when you take  
a picture. You can adjust the zoom from 1x to 16x.  
Tousethezoom:  
1. From camera mode, press the navigation key right or  
left, or the SideVolume key up or down to adjust the  
zoom. (The gauge bar is displayed.)  
2. Press to take the picture.  
Ifyouaretakingapicturewiththephoneclosed, youcan  
zoominandout bypressingtheexternalcontrolkeyleft or  
right.  
Tip:  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
159  
SelectingCameraSettings  
Toselect yourcamerasettings:  
1. From camera mode, select Options (right softkey) >  
CameraSettings.  
2. Select one of the following options and press  
:
Resolution to select a picture’s file size  
(2M-1200x1600, 1.3M-960x1280, Medium-480x640,  
or Low-240x320).  
Quality to select the picture quality setting (Fine,  
Normal, or Economy).  
ShutterSound to select a shutter sound (Default,  
Say “Cheese,” “Ready,or Off).  
StatusBar to switch the status bar display on or off.  
160  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
UsingtheSettings&InfoMenu  
The Settings & Info menu allows you to set up many of the  
settings of your phone’s picture’s function.  
Toaccessthesettingsandinfomenu:  
1. Select >Pictures>Settings&Info.  
2. Select one of the following options and press  
.
Location to select whether to include the location  
information.  
StatusBar to select whether to display the  
information bar for the pictures and videos.  
SlideshowInterval to set the slideshow interval time.  
Account Info to view your account information.  
Help to view the Pictures instruction page.  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
161  
 
CameraIconIndication  
Function  
Icons  
Details  
To use the autofocus function.  
Auto Focus  
To use the flash for only one shot.  
On This Shot  
To use a flash every time you take a picture.  
To use the auto flash function.  
Flash  
On Always  
Auto  
Use this setting in bright light.  
Beach/Snow  
Scenery  
Mirror Image  
Night/Dark  
Sunny  
Use this setting for scenery from a distance.  
Use this setting to take a mirror image.  
Use this setting in low light.  
Picture  
Mode  
Use this setting for sunny weather.  
Use this setting for cloudy weather.  
Use this setting for standard household lighting.  
Use this setting for fluorescent lighting.  
Cloudy  
White  
Balance  
Tungsten  
Fluorescent  
Manual  
Manual  
Manual  
Manual  
2M  
To set the white balance manually.  
To set brightness manually.  
Brightness  
Sharpness  
Contrast  
To set sharpness manually.  
To set contrast manually.  
For 2 megapixel picture resolution.  
For 1.3 megapixel picture resolution.  
For medium picture resolution.  
For low picture resolution.  
1.3M  
Resolution  
Medium  
Low  
Numeric countdown will appear when the  
self-timer has been activated.  
Self-Timer  
Multiple Shots  
Use this setting for multiple shots.  
162  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
RecordingVideos  
In addition to taking pictures, you can also record, view, and  
send videos to your friends and family with your phone’s  
built-in video camera.  
Torecordavideo:  
1. Select >Pictures>Camcorder to activate video mode.  
(Additional video options are available through the  
video mode Options menu. See “Video Mode Options”  
on page 165 for more information.)  
2. Using the phone’s main LCD as a viewfinder, aim the  
camera lens at your subject.  
Youmaylockthefocusmanuallybyselecting FocusLock (left  
softkey).  
Tip:  
3. Press  
,
, or the side camera key to begin recording.  
4. Press , Stop (right softkey), or the side camera key to  
stop recording. (The recorded video is automatically  
saved in the In Phone folder.)  
5. Select Next (right softkey) for more options:  
TakeNewVideo to return to video mode to take  
another video.  
Play to play the video you just took.  
SendtoContacts to send your video. (See page 171  
for details.)  
Post toServices to access available services.  
Select Update to display the latest services.  
Upload to upload the video you just took to the  
Sprint PCS Picture MailWeb site.  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
163  
 
ReviewMedia to go to the In Phone folder to review  
your saved pictures and videos.  
SendviaBluetooth to send the video via Bluetooth.  
Set as to assign the video. Select an option and  
press  
.
Delete to delete the video you just took.  
Details/Edit to edit or display details relating to your  
videos.  
Totakeavideowiththephoneclosed:  
1. Press the side camera key to activate the launch menu.  
2. Using the side volume key or external control key, select  
Camcorder.  
3. Point the camera lens at your subject. (You can check the  
video framing through the Sub LCD.)  
4. Press the side camera key or on the external control  
key to start recording.  
5. Press the side camera key or on the external control  
key to stop recording.  
164  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
VideoModeOptions  
Several options are available from video mode.  
Select Options (right softkey) to display additional options:  
VideoMode to select a video mode from Normal,  
Beach/Snow, Scenery, MirrorImage, Night/Dark, or  
SelfPortrait.  
VideoLight to select aVideo Light setting. Select On to turn  
on the video light.  
AutoFocus to use the autofocus function.  
Zoom to zoom in on an object. You can adjust the zoom  
from 1x to 9x.  
Self-Timer to activate the timer function. (See “Setting the  
Self-Timer” on page 157 for details.)  
ColorTone to select a wide variety of color tones for  
your video.  
ImageControls to select an option from Brightness,  
WhiteBalance, or Contrast.  
CamcorderSettings to select your settings. (See “Selecting  
Camcorder Settings” on page 166 for details.)  
ReviewMedia to go to the In Phone folder to review your  
saved pictures and videos.  
CameraMode to switch to camera mode (if applicable).  
KeyGuidanceto indicate the key functions in video mode.  
MyFavoriteSettings to select your favorite setting.  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
165  
SelectingCamcorderSettings  
Toselect yourcamcordersettings:  
1. From video mode, select Options (right softkey) >  
CamcorderSettings.  
2. Select an option from the following.  
Resolution to select a file size (High–320x240 or  
Good–176x144) for a video.  
Quality/Length to select video quality from  
Economy–30sec., Normal–15sec., Rich–10sec., or  
Rich–120min.  
Silent Movie to select On to record without sounds.  
Select Off to deactivate this feature.  
CueSound to select a cue sound (Default,  
Action & Cut,”“Ready & Stop,” or Off).  
Skins to select your favorite frame.  
RecordingtimevariesdependingontheQuality/Length  
setting.  
Note:  
166  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
VideoIconIndication  
Function  
Icons  
Details  
To use the autofocus function.  
Auto Focus  
Appears when the video light setting is on.  
Video Light  
White  
Balance  
Same as Camera Icon Indication. (See page 162 for details.)  
To set brightness manually.  
Brightness Manual  
Video  
Mode  
Same as Camera Icon Indication. (See page 162 for details.)  
To set contrast manually.  
Contrast Manual  
Good  
Resolution  
For good video resolution.  
For high video resolution.  
High  
On  
Appears when the silent movie setting is on.  
Appears when the silent movie setting is off.  
Silent  
Movie  
Off  
Numeric countdown will appear when the  
self-timer has been activated.  
Self-Timer  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
167  
StoringPicturesandVideos  
Your phone’s picture and video storage area is called MyAlbums.  
There are two types of storage areas for your pictures and  
videos that can be used separately according to your needs:  
InPhone (see below)  
OnlineAlbums (see page 175)  
InPhoneFolder  
The storage area of your phone is called the InPhone folder  
and it can store up to 1000 images. From the In Phone folder,  
you can view pictures and videos saved in your phone, send  
them to the Sprint PCS Picture MailWeb site  
additional options.  
ToreviewyourpicturesandvideossavedintheInPhonefolder:  
1. Select >Pictures>MyAlbums>InPhone. (Thumbnails  
will be displayed, up to nine at a time. )  
2. Use your navigation key to view and scroll through the  
pictures and videos.  
InPhoneFolderOptions  
When you are viewing the In Phone folder, select Options  
(right softkey) to display the following options:  
Play to play your videos.  
SendtoContacts to send your pictures and videos. (See  
page 171 for details.)  
Upload to upload pictures and videos from the In Phone  
folder to the Sprint PCS Picture MailWeb site  
168  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
 
Print to print an image by mail, at a retail store, by using  
PictBridge, or by using Bluetooth.  
Post toServices to access available services. Select Update  
to display the latest services.  
SendviaBluetooth to send your pictures and videos via  
Bluetooth.  
Set as to assign the picture or video. Select an option and  
press  
.
Delete to delete pictures and videos.  
Deletingdatawillfreeupmemoryspacetoenableyoutotake  
morepicturesandvideos. Oncedeleted, thedatacannot be  
uploadedyouronlineSprint PCSPictureMailaccount oryour  
phone.  
Note:  
Details/Edit to edit or display details relating to your  
pictures or videos.  
Slideshowto view your pictures in slideshow mode.  
MediaFilter to filter only pictures, only videos, or to display  
all media files.  
AlbumList to display the album list.  
CameraMode to activate camera mode.  
CamcorderMode to activate video mode.  
WhiledisplayingtheInPhonefolder, youcanselect Info(right  
softkey)todisplayalbuminformation.  
Tip:  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
169  
AssignedMediaFolder  
When you assign a picture or video, it will automatically be  
saved in the AssignedMedia folder.The folder allows you to  
store copies of pictures on your phone and to assign pictures  
and videos to various phone tasks.  
TosaveapictureorvideototheAssignedMediafolder:  
1. From the In Phone folder (see “In Phone Folder” on  
page 168), select a picture or video you wish to save to  
the Assigned Media folder and press  
.
2. Select Options (right softkey) >Set as.  
3. Select an option and follow the onscreen instructions to  
assign. (A copy of the picture will automatically be saved  
to the Assigned Media folder.)  
ToviewpicturesandvideosstoredintheAssignedMediafolder:  
1. Select >Tools>AssignedMedia. (Thumbnails will be  
displayed, up to nine at a time.)  
2. Use your navigation key to view and scroll.  
170  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
SendingSprint PCSPictureMail  
Once you’ve taken a picture or video, you can use the  
messaging capabilities of your phone to instantly share your  
picture or video with family and friends. You can send pictures  
or videos to up to 25 people at a time using their email  
addresses or their wireless phone numbers.  
SendingPicturesandVideosFromtheInPhone  
Folder  
TosendpicturesfromtheInPhonefolder:  
1. Select >Pictures>MyAlbums>InPhone.  
2. Highlight a picture or video you wish to send and  
press . (The check box on the lower right corner will be  
marked. You can select multiple pictures and videos.)  
3. Select Options (right softkey) >SendtoContacts.  
Thefirst timeyousendSprint PCSPictureMail, youwillbe  
promptedtoestablishaSprint PCSPictureMailWebsite  
account andpassword. (SeeCreatingYourSprint PCSPicture  
MailPasswordonpage155.)  
Note:  
4. Select one of the following options and press  
:
Contacts to select recipients from your Contacts list.  
Highlight a recipient and press to select.  
Phone# to enter a phone number directly.  
Email to enter an email address directly.  
Youcanalsoselect Others (right softkey)toselect recipients  
fromyourdesiredlist.  
Tip:  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
171  
 
5. Select Next (left softkey) when you have finished adding  
recipients. (You may include up to 25 recipients per  
message.)  
6. If you wish to include a subject, scroll to Subject and  
enter your subject using the keypad.  
7. If you wish to include a text message, scroll to Text, and  
then enter your message using your keypad (or select  
Mode [right softkey] to change the input mode). (See  
“EnteringText” on page 41.)  
8. If you wish to include a voice message with the picture  
and video, scroll to Audio and select Record (right  
softkey) to record. (Maximum recording time is 10  
seconds.)  
9. To set the priority, scroll to Priority, and then select High,  
Normal, or Low.  
10. Confirm the recipients, message, voice message, and  
picture or video. (You may also select additional options  
by selecting the right softkey. Follow the onscreen  
instructions to add available options.)  
11. Press the appropriate softkey to send the pictures  
and videos.  
172  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
SendingPicturesandVideosFromMessaging  
You can also send Sprint PCS Picture Mail from your phone’s  
Messaging menu.  
TosendpicturesandvideosfromtheMessagingmenu:  
1. Select >Messaging>SendMessage>PictureMail.  
2. Select Contacts, Phone#, or Email to select or enter  
recipients.  
3. Select Next (left softkey).  
4. Select InPhone or OnlineAlbums.  
5. Use the navigation key to select the picture or video you  
wish to send and press . (You can select multiple  
pictures and videos.)  
6. Select Next (left softkey).To complete and send the  
pictures or videos, follow steps 6-11 in “Sending Pictures  
andVideos From the In Phone Folder” on page 171.  
TotakeandsendanewpictureoravideofromMessaging,  
select TakeNewPicture orTakeNewVideo duringstep4  
above.Thentakethenewpictureorvideo, select Next (right  
softkey), andfollowsteps6-11inSendingPicturesand  
VideosFromtheInPhoneFolderonpage171.  
Tip:  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
173  
ManagingSprint PCSPictureMail  
UsingtheSprint PCSPictureMailWebSite  
Once you have uploaded pictures and videos from your phone  
to your online Sprint PCS Picture Mail account at  
www.sprint.com/picturemail (see “Uploading Pictures and  
Videos” on page 175), you can use your personal computer to  
manage your pictures. From the Sprint PCS Picture MailWeb  
site (www.sprint.com/picturemail) you can share pictures and  
videos, edit album titles, add captions, and organize images.  
You can even send your pictures to be printed at participating  
retail locations.  
You will also have access to picture management tools to  
improve and customize your pictures. You’ll be able to lighten,  
darken, crop, add antique effects, add comic bubbles and  
cartoon effects, and use other features to transform your  
pictures.  
ToaccesstheSprint PCSPictureMailWebsite:  
1. From your computer’s Internet connection, go to  
2. Enter your phone number and Sprint PCS Picture Mail  
password to register. (See “CreatingYour Sprint PCS  
Picture Mail Password” on page 155.)  
174  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
 
ManagingOnlinePicturesandVideosFrom  
YourPhone  
You can use your phone to manage, edit, or share pictures and  
videos you have uploaded to the Sprint PCS Picture MailWeb  
andVideos” below for information about uploading.)  
Toviewyouronlinepicturesandvideosfromyourphone:  
1. Select >Pictures>MyAlbums>OnlineAlbums.  
2. Highlight an album title and press to display  
thumbnail images.  
Toswitchaselectedpicturefromthumbnailviewtoexpand  
viewmode, select Expand (left softkey).  
Tip:  
3. Use your navigation key to select a picture or video.  
4. Select Options (right softkey) to display your online  
picture or video options.  
UploadingPicturesandVideos  
Touploadpicturesandvideos:  
1. Select >Pictures>MyAlbums>InPhone.  
2. Select the picture(s) and video(s) you wish to upload,  
and then select Options (right softkey) >Upload.  
3. Select This, Selected, or All.  
4. Select “UploadsArea or OtherAlbums.  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
175  
DownloadingYourOnlinePicturesandVideos  
From your online Sprint PCS Picture Mail albums display at  
www.sprint.com/picturemail, you can select pictures and videos  
to download to your phone’s In Phone folder.  
TodownloadpicturesandvideosfromtheSprint PCSPictureMail  
Website:  
1. From the online pictures display, select the pictures and  
videos you wish to download and select Options (right  
softkey). (See “Managing Online Pictures andVideos  
FromYour Phone” on page 175.)  
2. Select Saveto.. and press  
.
AccessingOnlinePictureandVideoOptionsFrom  
YourPhone  
ToaccessyouronlinePictureandVideooptionsfromyourphone:  
1. Select a picture or video from your Online Albums.  
(See “Managing Online Pictures andVideos FromYour  
Phone” on page 175.)  
2. Select Options (right softkey) to display options.  
3. To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
Play to play the video.  
SendtoContacts to send your picture or video.  
OrderPrints to order prints of the pictures. You can  
choose whether to pick up your prints at a retail  
store or have them mailed to you.  
Post toServices to access available services. Select  
Update to display the latest services.  
Set as to assign the picture or video.  
Saveto.. to save the pictures and videos to the In  
Phone folder.  
176  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
Delete to erase pictures and videos saved in the  
current album (or Uploads folder).  
Copy/Move to copy or move pictures and videos to a  
selected album.  
Details/Edit to edit or display details relating to your  
pictures or videos.  
MediaFilter to filter only pictures or only videos, or to  
display all media files.  
AlbumList to display the album list.  
TheonlinePictureandVideooptionsmayvarydependingon  
theitemyouselect.  
Note:  
ToaccessyourOnlineAlbumsoptionsfromyourphone:  
1. Display the album list in the Online Sprint PCS Picture  
Mail menu. (See “Managing Online Pictures andVideos  
FromYour Phone” on page 175.)  
2. Use your navigation key to select an album (or Uploads  
folder).  
3. Select Options (right softkey) to display options.  
4. To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
Edit/Delete to select an option from the following:  
DeleteAlbum to delete the selected album.  
RenameAlbum to rename the selected album.  
AlbumInfo to display detailed information about  
the album.  
CreateNewAlbum to create a new album. Enter a  
new album name and select Save (left softkey).  
TheUploadsfoldercannot beerasedorrenamed.  
Note:  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
177  
PrintingPicturesDirectlyFromYourPhone  
Your phone is PictBridge compatible, allowing you to print  
directly from your phone without connecting to a computer.  
Simply connect your phone to a PictBridge-enabled printer  
and enjoy printing your photos.  
Toprint picturesdirectlyfromyourphone:  
1. Select >Tools>USBConnection>PictBridge.  
– or –  
Select  
>Pictures>Print@Home>PictBridge.  
2. Connect your phone to the PictBridge-enabled printer  
by using the included USB cable. (Wait until the  
connection is completed.)  
3. Set the printer settings using your navigation key.  
PicturetoPrint:You can select the picture from the In  
Phone folder. (You can select up to 99 pictures.)  
Layout:You can select the print mode from Default  
Printer, Standard Print, or Index.  
NumberofCopies:You can set the number of copies  
(1-10). (You cannot specify number of copies when  
Index is selected.)  
Print Size:You can set the print size from Default  
Printer, 4'' x 6'', 5'' x 7'', 8'' x 10'', or Letter. (Print sizes  
may vary according to the type of printer you have.)  
DateStamp:You can imprint the date on your  
pictures. Select Yes or No. (Date stamping may not  
be available depending on the type of printer you  
have.)  
178  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
 
4. When you have finished selecting the printer settings,  
select Print (left softkey).  
5. When printing is finished, press  
.
6. Select Yes. Follow the instructions on the display to  
unplug the USB cable from the phone.  
Whileyouareconnectedtotheprinter, yourphone’sscreen  
willdisplayPhoneOff.” Youcannot makeorreceivecalls  
duringthistime.  
Note:  
Makesureyourbatteryisfullychargedbeforeusingthe  
PictBridge.  
Picturesnot takenonthisphonemaynot beprintable.  
Fromtimetotimeyoumayencounterprinting  
problems. Anyprintererrormessageswillbedisplayed  
onyourphone, informingyouofthespecificproblems  
encountered. Pleaserefertotheuser’sguidethat came  
withyourprinterfordescriptions, explanations, and  
possibleresolutionsforanyerrormessages.  
PictBridge  
Error  
Messages:  
Section 2I: Using the Built-in Camera  
179  
Section 2J  
Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
In This Section  
GettingStartedWithSprint PCSReadyLink (page 181)  
MakingandReceivingaSprint PCSReadyLinkCall (page 183)  
AddingandEditingReadyLinkContacts (page 191)  
ErasingReadyLinkList Entries (page 197)  
UpdatingSprint PCSReadyLinkLists (page 199)  
ManagingSprint PCSReadyLinkSettings (page 199)  
YourSprint PCSReadyLink-enabledphonegivesyouthe  
abilitytoquicklyconnect withotherSprint PCSReadyLink  
usersforwalkie-talkie-style” communicationfrom  
anywhere, toanywhereontheNationwideSprint PCS  
Network.  
This section explains the features and options of your  
phone’s Sprint PCS Ready Link capabilities and service.  
180  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
 
GettingStartedWithSprint PCSReadyLink  
Sprint PCS Ready Link allows you to enjoy quick, two-way,  
“walkie-talkie-style” communication with your friends,  
family, and coworkers. You can make one-to-one or  
one-to-many calls (up to five others on the same call) to any  
other Sprint PCS Ready Link user, anywhere on the Nationwide  
Sprint PCS Network. You can make and receive Sprint PCS  
Ready Link calls when your phone displays the Ready Link  
icon ( ).  
SettingSprint PCSReadyLinkMode  
ToenableordisableSprint PCSReadyLinkmode:  
Select >Settings>ReadyLink>Enable/Disable>  
Enable. (The default is Disable.)  
Enable: Lets you make or receive Sprint PCS Ready  
Link calls anytime your phone is not in use.  
Disable: Disables your phone’s Sprint PCS Ready  
Link service. You will not be able to make or receive  
Sprint PCS Ready Link calls or access your Ready Link  
contacts.  
Ifyouhaven’t signedupfortheSprint PCSReadyLinkservice,  
andSprint PCSReadyLinkmodeisset toDisableorthe  
Sprint PCSReadyLinkserviceislocked, youcanusetheReady  
Link/RecorderButtonasaVoiceRecorderbuttoninstandby  
mode.  
Tip:  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
181  
 
PreparingYourPhoneforSprint PCS  
ReadyLinkService  
Every time you turn on your phone, your phone will identify  
itself and make itself available to the Ready Link network.  
When the Ready Link icon ( ) is displayed, your phone is  
ready to make and receive Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.  
ReadyLinkCallAlerts  
There are several ways your phone alerts you during  
Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.  
When you make or receive a Sprint PCS Ready Link call:  
The phone sounds (depending on the RingerType and  
RingerVolume setting).  
The backlight illuminates.  
The screen displays a Sprint PCS Ready Link call message.  
The other party’s Sprint PCS Ready Link number and name  
(if available) are displayed.  
The screen displays who has the floor.  
The status of a Sprint PCS Ready Link call is displayed as  
follows:  
The Green LED On indicates you have the floor and may  
speak.  
The Red LED On indicates another contact has the floor.  
The LED Off indicates the floor is open. (You can take the  
floor and speak by pressing and holding  
.)  
182  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
MakingandReceivingaSprint PCS  
ReadyLinkCall  
DisplayingtheSprint PCSReadyLinkList  
From standby mode, press the Ready Link/Recorder  
button on the side of your phone (  
Sprint PCS Ready Link List.  
) to access the  
Thefirst timeyouaccessthelist, theSprint PCSReadyLink  
Helpmessagewillbedisplayed. Select Yes (left softkey)and  
Next (left softkey)toreadabriefintroductiontoSprint PCS  
ReadyLink.  
Tip:  
SelectingaContactsList  
When your phone displays a Sprint PCS Ready Link List, the  
left softkey is labeled Goto.To switch to another contacts list,  
select Goto (left softkey), highlight your desired list, and  
press  
.
CompanyList/CompanyGrps. contain company-provided  
contacts (up to 200 entries). Your company list can be  
created and modified only by an authorized administrator  
on the Sprint PCS Ready Link server. When the lists are  
empty, Company List/Company Grps. will not be  
displayed.  
PersonalList/PersonalGrps. contain your personal Ready  
Link contact names and numbers, separately or in groups.  
You can create and edit your Personal List. Your phone can  
store a total of 200 entries. (You may include up to five  
contacts per group.)  
Outgoing shows the last 20 different Sprint PCS Ready Link  
calls that you placed.  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
183  
 
Incoming shows the last 20 different Sprint PCS Ready Link  
calls that you accepted.  
Missed shows the last 20 Sprint PCS Ready Link calls that  
you missed.  
MakingaSprint PCSReadyLinkCall  
(One-to-OneCall)  
You can place a one-to-one Sprint PCS Ready Link call by  
entering a Sprint PCS Ready Link number or by selecting a  
contact from the Sprint PCS Ready Link List.  
ToplaceaSprint PCSReadyLinkcallbyselectingacontact:  
1. Press  
.
2. Select Goto (left softkey), and then select the list from  
which you want to place a call (CompanyList,  
PersonalList, Outgoing, Incoming, or Missed).  
Youcanalsoselect EnterR-Link# fromthe Goto optionto  
enteraSprint PCSReadyLinknumberdirectly. (Seepage187  
fordetails.)  
Tip:  
3. Scroll to the contact you want to call, and press and  
hold to place the call and get the floor. (You will see  
“R-Link calling...” and “Connecting...” followed by “You  
have floor.” You can now begin speaking.)  
– or –  
Scroll to the contact you want to call and press and  
release  
to place the call. (The call will connect as  
described above, but “Floor is open” will be displayed on  
the screen. Either you or your contact may press and  
hold  
to take the floor and speak.)  
184  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
DuringaSprint PCSReadyLinkcall, theflooristheright to  
speak.WhenyouseeFloorisopen,thefirst persontopress  
theReadyLink/Recorderbuttoncanspeak(whileholdingthe  
button). Onlythepersonwhohasthefloorcanspeak.The  
phonebeepsifyoupresstheReadyLinkbuttonwhenanother  
contact hasthefloor.  
Note:  
4. Continue holding  
as you speak. (When you have  
finished speaking, release  
to allow the other party  
to speak. When the other party takes the floor, you will  
see the speaker’s name, phone number, and the text  
“has floor.”)  
5. When you are finished, press  
.
WhenneitherpartyhasthefloorduringaSprint PCSReady  
Linkcall, “Floorisopenisdisplayed. Ifnoonetakesthefloor  
for20seconds, theSprint PCSReadyLinkcallends  
automatically.  
Note:  
Ifyoupress TALKorSPEAKERduringstep3ontheprevious  
page, youcanmakeastandardvoicecall.  
Tip:  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
185  
MakingaSprint PCSReadyLinkCall(GroupCall)  
You can make a Sprint PCS Ready Link call to all members in a  
Group entry that you have in your Sprint PCS Ready Link List.  
You can communicate with up to five members at a time.  
ToplaceaSprint PCSReadyLinkGroupcall:  
1. Press  
.
2. Select Goto (left softkey), and then select the list from  
which you want to make a Group call (Company Grps. or  
Personal Grps.).  
3. Scroll to the group you want to call, and press and hold  
to place the call and take the floor. (You will see  
“R-Link calling...” and “Connecting...” followed by “You  
have floor.” Continue with the Sprint PCS Ready Link call  
as described on the previous page.)  
To make a Sprint PCS Ready Link call to a group  
member, select a group, highlight a group member,  
and press and hold  
.
If one of the group members takes the floor, you will  
see the member’s name and Sprint PCS Ready Link  
number on the display.  
4. When the call is finished, press  
.
ThephonebeepsifyoupresstheReadyLinkbuttonwhen  
anotherpartyhasthefloor.  
Tip:  
YoucanalsomakeaGroupCallaftercheckingthegroup  
member. Select MENUtodisplaygroupmembers, highlight  
<CallGroup>andpressandholdtheReady Linkbuttonduring  
step3above.  
Toredialyourlast Sprint PCSReadyLinkcall, highlight Redial  
andpresstheReadyLinkbuttonfromtheSprint PCSReady  
LinkList.  
186  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
MakingaSprint PCSReadyLinkCallby  
EnteringaNumber  
ToplaceaSprint PCSReadyLinkcallbyenteringanumber:  
1. From standby mode, enter the Sprint PCS Ready Link  
number you want to dial.  
2. Press  
to place the Sprint PCS Ready Link call.  
to take the floor and speak.  
Continue holding  
The contact’s name is displayed if there is a matched  
number in your Sprint PCS Ready Link List.  
3. Continue with the Sprint PCS Ready Link call, pressing  
and holding  
to speak and releasing it to allow  
others to reply.  
4. When the call is finished, press  
.
– or –  
1. Press  
.
2. Select Goto(left softkey) >EnterR-Link#.  
3. Enter the Ready Link number you want to dial.  
4. Follow steps 2–4 above.  
Sprint PCSReadyLinknumbersmust contain10digits(area  
code+phonenumber)or11digits(1+areacode+phone  
number).YourSprint PCSReadyLinknumberisthesameas  
yourwirelessphonenumber.  
Note:  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
187  
MissedCallNotificationforSprint PCS  
ReadyLinkCalls  
When an incoming Sprint PCS Ready Link call is not answered,  
the Missed Call Notification is displayed.  
Tocallthelast MissedSprint PCSReadyLinkcall:  
Simply press and hold  
while the Missed Call  
Notification is displayed. (Continue with the Sprint PCS  
Ready Link call as described previously.)  
Ifyouhavetwoormoremissedcalls, thecallloglist willbe  
displayed. Different iconswillbedisplayedfordifferent types  
ofnotifications.  
Tip:  
ToerasetheMissedCalllog:  
Select Dismiss (right softkey).  
TodisplaytheMissedReadyLinkCalllog:  
Select View (left softkey) while the Missed Call  
Notification is displayed.To call the entry, highlight the  
entry you want to call, and press and hold  
.
(Continue with the Sprint PCS Ready Link call as  
described previously.)  
188  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
ReceivingaSprint PCSReadyLinkCall  
ToreceiveaSprint PCSReadyLinkcall:  
1. Make sure your phone’s Sprint PCS Ready Link mode is  
enabled. (See “Setting Sprint PCS Ready Link Mode” on  
page 181.)  
2. When you receive a Sprint PCS Ready Link call from a  
contact, “R-Link Call,” the contact’s name, and the  
Sprint PCS Ready Link number are displayed. (You do not  
need to take any action to answer the call.)  
When you receive a group call, “Group Call,” the  
group member’s name, and the Sprint PCS Ready  
Link number are displayed.  
3. If the person placing the call has kept the floor (held the  
Ready Link/Recorder button), you will see the contact’s  
name and Sprint PCS Ready Link number along with “has  
floor,” and you will hear the caller speaking.  
4. When the caller finishes speaking and releases  
will see “Floor is open” on the display screen. Press and  
hold to take the floor and reply to the caller. (You  
, you  
will see “You have floor” and hear a tone confirming that  
you may speak.)  
5. When the conversation is finished, press  
.
YoucanalsoreceiveaSprint PCSReadyLinkcallwiththe  
phoneclosed. PressandholdtheReadyLinkbuttontotake  
thefloorwhenthefloorisopen.  
Tip:  
Youcanchangethevolumeandthespeakersettingwhilea  
Sprint PCSReadyLinkcallisactivated. Volume:Adjust the  
voicevolumebyusingtheSideVolumekeyorbypressingthe  
navigationkeyupordown(except whenyouarepressingand  
holdingtheReadyLinkbutton). Speaker:Switchthespeaker  
onoroffbypressingtheSpeakerbutton.  
Note:  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
189  
Sprint PCSReadyLinkOptions  
When you use Sprint PCS Ready Link, several user options are  
available by selecting Options (right softkey).To select an  
option, highlight it and press  
.
Edit to edit a Sprint PCS Ready Link number or name.  
(See “Editing a Contact inYour Personal List” on page 195.)  
SendMessage to send aText, Picture Mail, or SMSVoice  
message.  
CopytoPersonal to copy a contact to the Personal List.  
CopyGroup to copy a Company Group to the Personal  
Group List.  
CopytoPh. Book to copy a contact to the Contacts list.  
Erase to erase a contact. EraseGroup is displayed when you  
highlight a group.  
AddContact to add a new contact. AddGroup is displayed  
when you highlight a group list.  
EraseR-LinkList to erase entries saved in the Sprint PCS  
Ready Link List (except Company List/Company Grps) and  
in Ready Link Call History.  
Help to see the Sprint PCS Ready Link instruction page.  
190  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
AddingandEditingReadyLinkContacts  
CopyinganEntrytoYourPersonalList orPersonal  
GroupList  
You can copy an entry to your Personal Lists from several  
different sources. If the selected entry is already stored in the  
Personal Lists, the “copy” option is not displayed.  
TocopyanentryfromtheSprint PCSReadyLinkList:  
1. Press  
.
2. Select Goto (left softkey), and then select the list from  
which you want to copy an entry (CompanyList,  
CompanyGrps., PersonalList, PersonalGrps., Outgoing,  
Incoming, or Missed).  
3. Select the entry you want to copy (or scroll to highlight  
the Redial entry at the top of your screen), and select  
Options (right softkey).To select an option, highlight it  
and press  
.
CopytoPersonalto copy the contact to the  
Personal List. (This option will not be available if the  
selected entry is already stored in the List.)  
CopyGroup to copy the group to the Personal  
Group List.  
CopytoPh. Book to copy the contact to the  
Contacts list.  
4. Select Yes (left softkey) to copy and save the entry to your  
Personal List or Personal Group List.  
YourCompanyListscanbeset upandeditedonlybyan  
administratorontheSprint PCSReadyLinkserver.Youcannot  
addoredit contacts/groupstoyourCompanyLists.  
Note:  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
191  
 
SavingaSprint PCSReadyLinkNumber  
When you have finished a Sprint PCS Ready Link call, you will  
see the Sprint PCS Ready Link number and the text “R-Link call  
ended” on the display. You can save a Sprint PCS Ready Link  
number to your Personal Lists from this end display.  
Tosavethenumber:  
1. From the end display, select Options (right softkey)>  
Save.  
If the entry has no name, you are prompted to enter  
a name.  
2. Select Yes (left softkey) to save the entry.  
IfthenumberisalreadystoredinthePersonalList orPersonal  
Groups, theSaveoptionisnot displayed.  
Note:  
FindinganEntryintheSprint PCSReadyLinkList  
You can find your desired entry by entering a few letters.  
TofindaSprint PCSReadyLinkentry:  
1. Press  
.
2. Select Goto (left softkey), and then select your desired  
list (CompanyList, CompanyGrps., PersonalList, or  
PersonalGrps.).  
3. Enter the first letter or the first few letters of the name.  
The display shows the list beginning with the  
letter(s) you entered.  
4. Scroll through the list and press to select your desired  
entry.  
192  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
AddingaNewContact toYourPersonalList  
You can store a total of 200 entries in the Personal Lists.  
ToaddanewSprint PCSReadyLinkcontact:  
1. Press  
.
2. Select Goto>PersonalList >AddContact.  
– or –  
Select a contact, select Options (right softkey), and then  
select AddContact.  
3. Enter a name for the new contact and press . (This is  
the name you will see when calling or receiving a call  
from the contact.)  
4. Select R-LinkNumber, enter the contact’s 10-digit  
Sprint PCS Ready Link number (the contact’s wireless  
phone number), and press  
.
5. Select Save (left softkey) to save the new contact to your  
Personal List.  
Tip:Youarenot allowedtousethefollowingsymbolsduring  
step3: @ : ; / * ) (.  
Tip:  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
193  
AddingaNewGrouptoYourPersonalGroupList  
You can add new groups to the Personal Group List. Each  
group can include up to five members. You can enter a group  
member directly or select the member from the Company List  
or Personal List.  
ToaddanewSprint PCSReadyLinkgroupentry:  
1. Press  
.
2. Select Goto>PersonalGrps. >AddGroup.  
– or –  
From the Personal Group List, select an entry, and then  
select Options (right softkey)>AddGroup.  
3. Enter a Group Name, press , and select Next (left  
softkey).  
4. To add contacts to the group, select Add (right softkey).  
5. Highlight one of the following options and press  
:
Newto add a new contact. See the previous page  
for details.  
fromCompany to add a contact from your Company  
List (if applicable).  
fromPersonalto add a contact from your  
Personal List.  
6. Scroll to the contacts you want to add and press or  
select Pick (right softkey) to include the entries.  
7. Select Done(left softkey)whenyouhavefinishedselecting  
contacts, andthenselect Update (left softkey) to update  
your Personal Group List with the new group entry.  
Youcanalsoaddmembersdirectly. Fromstep4above,  
highlight <AddMembers>andpress MENU. Enterthenew  
member’snameandR-Linknumberandselect Save (left  
softkey)tosavetheentry.  
Tip:  
194  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
EditingaContact inYourPersonalList  
Toedit aPersonalList contact:  
1. Press  
.
2. Select Goto>PersonalList.  
3. Scroll to the entry you want to edit and select Options  
(right softkey).  
4. Select Edit, and then select the field you want to edit  
(Name or R-LinkNumber).  
5. Edit the entry, select OK (left softkey), and then select  
Save (left softkey) to save your changes.  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
195  
EditingaGroupinYourPersonalGroupList  
Toedit agroupname:  
1. Press  
.
2. Select Goto>PersonalGrps.  
3. Scroll to the group entry you want to edit and select  
Options (right softkey) >Edit.  
4. Edit the group name and select OK (left softkey).  
Ifyoudon’t needtoedit thegroupname, select Next (left  
softkey)duringstep4aboveandskipstep5.  
Tip:  
5. Select Save (left softkey) to save your changes.  
6. To edit a group member, scroll to the contact you want to  
edit and select Options (right softkey).  
7. Select Edit, and then select the field you want to edit  
(Name or R-LinkNumber).  
8. Edit the entry, select OK (left softkey), and select Save  
(left softkey) to save your changes.  
9. Select Update (left softkey) to update your Personal  
Group List.  
196  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
ErasingReadyLinkList Entries  
ErasinganEntryinYourPersonalLists  
Toeraseacontact oragroup:  
1. From the Sprint PCS Ready Link List, select Goto, and  
then select PersonalList or PersonalGrps.  
2. Scroll to the entry you want to erase, and select Options  
(right softkey)>Erase.  
EraseGroupis displayed when you select  
PersonalGrps.  
3. Select Yes.  
Toeraseagroupmember:  
1. From the Sprint PCS Ready Link List, select Goto>  
PersonalGrps.  
2. Scroll to your desired group, and press to display the  
group members.  
3. Select the contact you want to erase, and select Options  
(right softkey).  
4. Select Erase>Yes>Update (left softkey) to erase the  
member and update your Personal Group List.  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
197  
 
ErasingaSprint PCSReadyLinkList  
You can erase all entries saved in the Sprint PCS Ready Link List  
(except Company List/Company Grps.).  
ToeraseaSprint PCSReadyLinkList:  
1. From the Sprint PCS Ready Link List, select Options (right  
softkey)>EraseR-LinkList.  
2. Select an option and press  
.
Outgoing to erase all outgoing Sprint PCS Ready Link  
calls.  
Incoming to erase all incoming Sprint PCS Ready Link  
calls.  
Missed to erase all missed Sprint PCS Ready Link  
calls.  
AllCallsto erase all Sprint PCS Ready Link call history  
(except the redial number).  
AllPersonalEnt. to erase all entries in Personal List  
and Personal Grps. You are prompted to enter your  
four-digit lock code.  
3. Select Yes and press  
.
Redialnumberswillnot beerased.  
Tip:  
198  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
UpdatingSprint PCSReadyLinkLists  
UpdatingtheCompanyList andPersonalList  
ToupdateyourCompanyList andPersonalList manuallythrough  
theSprint PCSReadyLinkserver:  
Select >Settings>ReadyLink>List Update.  
ManagingSprint PCSReadyLinkSettings  
AssigningSpeedDialingforSprint PCS  
ReadyLinkEntries  
ToassignspeeddialingforSprint PCSReadyLinkentries:  
1. Select >Contacts>SpeedDial#s.  
2. Select an unassigned number and press  
.
3. Select Goto(left softkey), and then select the list from  
which you want to set a speed dial (CompanyList,  
CompanyGrps., PersonalList, or PersonalGrps.).  
4. Select the contact and press  
.
– or –  
Select the group, and then select an option.  
Assign to assign the selected group as a speed dial.  
Details to display the group details.You can select  
the group member from the group list.  
TousespeeddialforaSprintPCSReadyLinkentry:  
From standby mode, press the appropriate key, and  
press  
.
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
199  
 
RestartingtheReadyLinkService  
Torestart theSprint PCSReadyLinkservice:  
Select >Settings>ReadyLink>Restart.  
SettingReadyLinkGuard  
This feature enables you to display a warning message when  
you cannot receive Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.  
Toset theReadyLinkGuard:  
1. Select >Settings>ReadyLink>R-LinkGuard.  
(A message will be displayed.)  
2. Select OK (left softkey) to continue.  
3. Select On and press . (Select Off to deactivate this  
feature.)  
SettingRingerTypesforSprint PCSReadyLinkCalls  
Your phone provides a variety of ringer types that allow you to  
customize your ringer and volume settings.  
Toselect aringertypeforSprint PCSReadyLinkcalls:  
1. Select >Settings>ReadyLink>Sounds>  
RingerType.  
2. Select ReadyLinkCalls, R-LinkMissed, orR-LinkFloorTone.  
3. Select your desired ringer type and press  
.
To hear the selected ringer, select Play (right softkey).  
200  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
SettingRingerVolumeforSprint PCS  
ReadyLinkCalls  
Toselect aringervolumeforSprint PCSReadyLinkcalls:  
1. Select >Settings>ReadyLink>Sounds>  
RingerVolume.  
2. Select SeparateVol. and press the navigation key left or  
right to select a volume level.  
3. Select Done (left softkey) to save.  
SettingVibratePatternforSprint PCS  
ReadyLinkCalls  
You can select your favorite vibrate pattern for Sprint PCS  
Ready Link calls.  
ToselectavibratepatternforSprint PCSReadyLinkcalls:  
1. Select >Settings>ReadyLink>Sounds>  
VibratePattern.  
2. Select ReadyLinkCalls or R-LinkMissed.  
3. Select your desired vibrate pattern and press  
.
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
201  
SettinganAlert NotificationforSprint PCS  
ReadyLinkCalls  
Your phone can alert you with an audible tone when you  
receive a Sprint PCS Ready Link call.  
Toset alertsforSprint PCSReadyLinkcalls:  
1. Select >Settings>ReadyLink>Sounds>Alerts.  
2. Select ReadyLinkCalls, R-LinkMissed, or Headset Alert.  
3. Select your desired option and press  
.
Toadjust thefloortonevolume:  
1. Select >Settings>ReadyLink>Sounds>Alerts.  
2. Select FloorToneVol. >Earpiece or Speaker.  
3. Press the navigation key left or right to select a volume  
level and select Done (left softkey).  
Youcanalsoset alertsusingtheAlertssettingsmenu. (See  
Alert Notificationonpage52.)  
Tip:  
202  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
SettingtheSpeakerphoneforSprint PCS  
ReadyLinkCalls  
You can set your phone to use speakerphone mode for  
Sprint PCS Sprint Ready Link calls. By default, the  
speakerphone is set to on.  
Toset thespeakerphonemode:  
Select >Settings>ReadyLink>Speakerphone>On  
or Off.  
Ifthephone’sringervolumeisset toVibrateAll, Ringeroff, or  
SilenceAll, thespeakerphoneturnsoff. Press SPEAKER keyto  
turnthespeakerphonemodeon.  
Note:  
SettingtheDefaultViewoftheSprint PCS  
ReadyLinkList  
You can select the default Sprint PCS Ready Link List when  
Sprint PCS Ready Link is launched.  
Toselect thedefault viewoftheSprint PCSReadyLinkList:  
1. Select >Settings>ReadyLink>DefaultView. (The  
default setting is PersonalList.)  
2. Select your desired list and press  
.
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
203  
SettingtheFloorDisplayoftheSprint PCS  
ReadyLinkCalls  
With this feature, you can select the floor display during  
Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.  
Toselect thefloordisplay:  
1. Select >Settings>ReadyLink>FloorDisplay.  
2. Select Text Only or Image1–3 and press  
.
To see a display preview of the image, select Preview  
(right softkey).  
204  
Section 2J: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
Section 2K  
Using the Built-In Media Player  
In This Section  
YourMultimediaChannelOptions (page 206)  
AccessingYourMediaPlayer’sChannelListings (page 207)  
PlayingaVideoorAudioClip (page 208)  
MultimediaFAQs (page 213)  
Yourphone’sbuilt-inmediaplayergivesyoutheabilityto  
listentoaudioclipsandtoviewvideoclipsright fromyour  
phone’sdisplay. It’s a great way to stay up-to-date on news,  
weather, and sports information while also enjoying the  
latest blockbuster movie trailers or music videos –  
anywhere, anytime on the Nationwide Sprint PCS Network.  
Just access your media player from your phone’s main  
menu, scroll to your choice of channel, and select one of the  
video or audio clips to play. It’s like having aTV in the palm  
of your hand.  
This section explains the features and options of your  
phone’s built-in media player.  
Section 2K: Using the Built-in Media Player  
205  
 
YourMultimediaChannelOptions  
SM  
Sprint TV offers a variety of accessible audio or video  
channels, depending on your Sprint PCS service plan and  
multimedia subscriptions. Your subscription options include a  
comprehensive basic service as well as a full menu of  
additional channel options.  
PreviewChannel:This free channel lets you sample clips  
from all the available channels before you make a decision  
to subscribe. It’s like viewing the movie preview before  
deciding whether you want to spend the money to go see  
the full motion picture.  
SprintTV:This comprehensive basic service gives you  
access to a variety of content from familiar brands.Think  
of it as “basic cablefor your phone. It allows you  
unlimited access to this content as long as you continue to  
pay the monthly subscription fee.  
AvailableIndividualChannelOptions:You also have the  
option of subscribing to individual channels from an  
extensive menu offering.These channels are available for  
a monthly subscription fee and allow you unlimited  
access as long as you continue to pay your monthly  
subscription fee.  
You can always visit www.sprint.com for a comprehensive up-  
to-date Channel Guide that provides an explanation of the  
available channels and information on subscription rates.  
206  
Section 2K: Using the Built-in Media Player  
 
AccessingYourMediaPlayer’sChannel  
Listings  
It’s easy to access and view the channel listings on your M1  
by Sanyo from the phone’s main menu.  
Toaccessyourmediaplayerandchannellistings:  
Select >MediaPlayer>ChannelListing. Your channel  
listings will be displayed, divided into the following  
sections:  
MyChannels:These include the complimentary  
Previews channel that Sprint provides, as well as any  
available individual channels for which you have  
purchased access. If you have purchased Sprint TV,  
either through aVision Plan subscription or by  
purchasing it separately, it will be displayed here.  
AvailableChannels:These are channels that have not  
yet been purchased but are available to access for a  
monthly subscription fee. Use your navigation key to  
scroll through and select a channel, and follow the  
onscreen instructions to purchase access to it. Upon  
purchasing access to one of these channels, the  
channel will be listed, along with its corresponding  
channel number, in the MyChannels section of your  
media player’s channel listings. You will see it  
displayed in this section the next time you access  
your phone’s media player.  
Thefirst timeyouaccessoneofyourAvailableChannels, you  
willbepromptedtoaccept thecorrespondingmonthlyfee  
(unlessit’sachannelthat doesn’t haveanassociated  
monthlyfee). Acceptingthechargegivesyouaccesstothe  
channelforaslongasyoucontinuetopaythemonthlyfee. If  
youaccept thecharge, thenext timeyouaccessyourphone’s  
mediaplayer, thischannelwillbedisplayedintheMy  
ChannelssectionofyourChannelListings.  
Note:  
Section 2K: Using the Built-in Media Player  
207  
 
PlayingaVideoorAudioClip  
Toselect andplayamediaclipintheChannelListing:  
1. Select >MediaPlayer>ChannelListing.  
2. Use your keypad to enter a channel number (or use your  
navigation key to scroll to a channel and press ).  
MyChannels: If you have selected a channel that  
you’ve already signed up for (or if it’s a channel with  
no monthly fee), you will see a list of available clips.  
AvailableChannels: If you have selected a channel  
that you have not yet signed up for, you will be  
prompted to accept the corresponding monthly  
charge. Follow the onscreen prompts to subscribe to  
the selected channel. (A list of available clips will be  
displayed.)  
3. Scroll to the clip that you would like to play and select  
Select(left softkey) or . If applicable, the left and right  
softkeys will offer additional options. (The clip will  
automatically load and begin playing.)  
Toselect andplayamediaclipintheMediaListing:  
1. Select >MediaPlayer>MediaListing.  
If you have selected Media Listing, a list of available  
video or audio files will be displayed. You can  
transfer video or audio files from your PC to your  
phone’s media folder using the mass storage  
function. (See “ConnectingYour Phone toYour PC”  
on page 129.)  
2. Use your navigation key to scroll to the clip that you  
would like to play and select Select(left softkey) or  
.
(The clip will automatically load and begin playing.)  
208  
Section 2K: Using the Built-in Media Player  
 
MediaFolderOptions  
To access a media folder’s options, display the media folder  
and select Options (right softkey).To select an option,  
highlight it and press  
.
MediaListing to display the media file list under the media  
folder.  
ChannelListing to display the channel list.  
Info to display the media clip information.  
PlayMode to switch the play mode in the media folder.  
MediaFilter to sort audio and video clips in the media  
folder.  
PlayerSettings to customize the player settings from  
Equalizer, DisplaySize, or Skins.  
Minimize to play music in the background during standby  
mode or while using the application.  
Tip:  
Youcanstopbackgroundmusicbypressing  
mode.  
instandby  
Playlist to display a customized playlist you’ve created.  
AddtoPlaylist to add a media clip to the playlist.  
SendviaBluetooth to send media clips via Bluetooth.  
UseBluetooth to play media clips through a Bluetooth  
headset.  
Help to see the Multimedia instruction page.  
Exit to terminate the Media Player.  
Thephone’sMediaPlayersupport thefollowingfile  
extensions:mp3,” “aac,” “mp4,” “3gp,” “3gpp,” “3gp2,”  
“3g2,” “qcp,” “amr,” “m4a,” “m4v.”  
Note:  
Section 2K: Using the Built-in Media Player  
209  
Playlists  
You can create playlists to organize media files stored in your  
phone.  
Tocreateaplaylist:  
1. Select >MediaPlayer>Playlist.  
2. Highlight <NewPlaylist> and press  
.
3. Enter a name for the new playlist and press  
.
4. Select from the files that are available in the media  
folder and select Done (left softkey). (The newly named  
playlist will be displayed on the playlist.)  
Toaddfilestoaplaylist:  
1. Select >MediaPlayer>Playlist. (The available playlists  
on your phone will be displayed).  
2. Select the playlist that you want to add files to and  
press  
.
3. While in the playlist, select Options (right softkey) >  
AddMedia.  
4. Select from the files that are available in the media  
folder.  
– or –  
1. Select >MediaPlayer>MediaListing. (The available  
media file list on your phone will be displayed).  
2. Select the files you want to add and select Options (right  
softkey) >AddtoPlaylist.  
3. Select an option to add file(s) and press  
.
4. Select the playlist you want and press  
.
210  
Section 2K: Using the Built-in Media Player  
Toremovefilesfromaplaylist:  
1. Select >MediaPlayer>Playlist.  
2. Select the playlist that you want to remove files from  
and press  
.
3. While displaying files contained within a playlist, select  
Options (right softkey) >Remove.  
4. Select an option to remove file(s) and press  
.
5. Select Yes and press  
.
Todeleteaplaylist:  
1. Select >MediaPlayer>Playlist.  
2. Select Options (right softkey) >Delete.  
3. Select an option to delete one or more playlists and  
press  
4. Select Yes and press  
.
.
Optionsavailableundertheplaylist menumayinclude:  
MediaListing to display the media file list under the media  
folder.  
ChannelListing to display the channel list.  
Infoto display the media clip information.  
PlayMode to switch the play mode in the playlist.  
Rename to rename the playlist.  
Delete to delete the playlist.  
PlayerSettings to customize the player settings.  
Help to see the Multimedia instruction page.  
Exit to terminate the Media Player.  
Whenyoudeleteaplaylist, orafilefromaplaylist, onlythe  
referencetothedataisdeleted;theactualplaylist orfileisnot  
deletedfromthephone’smemory.  
Note:  
Section 2K: Using the Built-in Media Player  
211  
PlayingMediaClipsUsingtheExternalControlKey  
The external control key can be used to play, pause, stop,  
forward, or rewind a media clip while the phone is closed. It  
can also be used to navigate through a media player option.  
TolaunchaMusicorMediaplayer:  
Press to activate a launch menu, and press the control  
key up or down to select Music or MediaPlayer.  
KeyOperationWhilePlayingMediaClips  
Play/Pause  
Rewind  
List  
Fast Forward/  
Next  
Stop  
Keys  
Operation  
Plays or pauses a media clip.  
Stops the media clip.  
Returns the phone to standby mode when held down.  
Skips to the next clip.  
Fast forwards within the current clip when held down.  
Returns to the beginning of the current clip.  
Rewinds within the current clip when held down.  
List  
Displays a list of media clips.  
212  
Section 2K: Using the Built-in Media Player  
MultimediaFAQs  
1. WillIknowifImreceivinganincomingcallwhileI’m  
viewingorlisteningtoanaudioclip?  
No. All incoming calls will roll into voicemail while you  
are playing a clip. If the caller leaves a voicemail, the  
voicemail icon will be displayed on the screen.  
2. Howlongaretheclips?WillIknowtheestimatedtimeit  
willtaketoplaytheclippriortoaccessingit?  
Once you have selected a channel, you will see a listing  
of the available clips, with each clip’s length displayed  
after the clip’s title. In general, a clip’s duration will  
depend on the story or content being provided, and can  
be fairly short or as long as a few minutes.  
3. CanIaccessamultimediaclipwhereverIam, aslongasI  
havemyphone?  
As long as you are on the Nationwide Sprint PCS Network,  
you will have access to the audio and video clips.  
SprintTVServicedoesnot workwhileroamingoffofthe  
NationwideSprint PCSNetworkorwhereserviceis  
unavailable.  
Note:  
4. Arethevideosthat I’mviewinglive” videos?  
It depends on the content provider. Some of the  
channels available through Sprint TV stream live  
content. Others provide media on demand with video  
and audio clips that are refreshed throughout the day,  
but that are not “live.”  
Section 2K: Using the Built-in Media Player  
213  
 
5. AfterpurchasingaccesstoanAvailableChannelfora  
monthlyfee, doIreceiveanyconfirmation?That is, howdo  
Iknowit hasbeenpurchased?  
The next time you access your media player’s channel  
listings, the purchased channel title and corresponding  
number will be displayed in the My Channels section.  
6. WhyaresomechannelsalreadypreloadedintotheMy  
Channelssection?  
Some channels, such as Previews, are offered free of  
charge as a customer courtesy.These channels are  
automatically displayed in the My Channels section of  
your channel listings.  
7. IfIdon’t subscribetoaSprint PCSVisionPlanor  
SprintPowerVisionPlan, willIstillbeabletoviewthe  
multimediaclips?  
Yes. For service access charges, please consult your  
Sprint PCS service plan or visit www.sprint.com.  
8. HowcanIeasilyaccessachannelwithout havingtoscroll  
throughallthechannelsinmychannellistings?  
Each channel will have a number to the left of it. You can  
simply press this number to quickly access the clips  
located within that channel.  
Whenenteringthespecificchannelnumber, channels01–09  
donot requireyoutoentera0.Forexample, toaccess  
channel07,just pressthe7key.  
Tip:  
9. What doesit meanwhenthevideopausesandIseethe  
wordloading” at thebottomofthescreen?  
This happens when the media player is loading the data  
necessary to play the clip. It typically occurs when there  
is heavy traffic on the network.  
214  
Section 2K: Using the Built-in Media Player  
10. HowcanIcancelserviceifIdecideIdon’t want it?  
To cancel your Multimedia Service, visit www.sprint.com  
and sign on to MyPCS with your account number and  
password. From this page, you have the ability to cancel  
the service or any Available Channels to which you  
subscribe.  
11. IfIput onmystereoheadphonesandinsert themintothe  
phone’sheadset jack, canIclosethephonewhileIam  
playinganaudio(orvideo)clipwithout interruptingthe  
clip?  
Yes. When you insert your stereo headset into the  
phone’s headset jack, the phone automatically goes into  
“headset mode,” allowing you to close the phone and  
continue playing the clip. (Likewise, if your phone is in  
“headset mode,” a phone call will not disconnect when  
you close the phone.)  
12. CanIsurftoadifferent channelwhileIamplayingaclip?  
Yes. While you are playing a clip, you can use the up and  
down navigation buttons to surf to a different channel.  
A small pop-up screen will be displayed that tells you  
which channel you are watching as well as other  
channels that you have access to. Use the navigation  
buttons to scroll through the different channels. Once  
you find a channel that you want to watch, scroll to it  
and press (or simply wait approximately three  
seconds), and the channel will begin loading.  
Section 2K: Using the Built-in Media Player  
215  
Section 2L  
Using Bluetooth  
In This Section  
TurningBluetoothOnandOff (page 217)  
UsingtheBluetoothSettingsMenu (page 218)  
BluetoothProfiles (page 221)  
PairingBluetoothDevices (page 223)  
UsingtheTrustedDevicesOptions (page 224)  
PrintingDataviaBluetooth (page 225)  
SendingDataviaBluetooth (page 226)  
Yourphonefeaturesbuilt-inBluetoothtechnology, allowing  
youtoshareinformationmoreeasilythaneverbefore.  
Bluetooth is a short-range communications technology  
that allows you to connect wirelessly to a number of  
Bluetooth devices, such as headsets and hands-free car kits,  
and Bluetooth-enabled handhelds, PCs, printers, and  
wireless phones.The Bluetooth communication range is  
usually up to approximately 10 meters (30 feet).  
This section details how to set up and make the most of your  
phone’s Bluetooth capabilities.  
216  
Section 2L: Using Bluetooth  
 
TurningBluetoothOnandOff  
By default, your phone’s Bluetooth feature is turned off.  
Turning Bluetooth on makes your phone “available” to other  
in-range Bluetooth devices.To make your phone visible to  
other devices you must also set your phone’s visibility to other  
than Hidden. (See page 219.)  
ToturnBluetoothon:  
1. Select >Settings>Bluetooth>Enable/Disable.  
2. Select Enable to enable Bluetooth.  
ToturnBluetoothoff:  
1. Select >Settings>Bluetooth>Enable/Disable.  
2. Select Disable to disable Bluetooth.  
EnablingtheBluetoothsettingsaffectsthebattery’stalkand  
standbytimes.  
Note:  
BluetoothStatusIndicators  
The following icons show your Bluetooth connection status at  
a glance:  
– Bluetooth feature is active. It turns to green when  
connected to a Bluetooth device.  
Your phone is discoverable by another Bluetooth  
device.  
Your phone is communicating with a Bluetooth  
device.  
Section 2L: Using Bluetooth  
217  
 
UsingtheBluetoothSettingsMenu  
The BluetoothSettings menu allows you to set up many of the  
characteristics of your phone’s Bluetooth service, including:  
Entering or changing the name your phone uses for  
Bluetooth communication  
Setting your phone’s visibility (or “discoverability”) to  
other Bluetooth devices  
Displaying your phone’s Bluetooth address  
ToaccesstheBluetoothSettingsmenu:  
1. Select >Settings>Bluetooth.  
2. Use the navigation key to select Enable/Disable,  
Visibility, VoicePriority, MyDeviceName, or  
MyDeviceInfo, and press  
.
BluetoothSettings:MyDeviceName  
The MyDeviceName section of the Bluetooth Settings menu  
allows you to select a Bluetooth name for your phone. Your  
phone’s Bluetooth name will be seen by other  
in-range Bluetooth devices, depending on yourVisibility  
settings.  
Toset aBluetoothnameforyourphone:  
1. Select >Settings>Bluetooth>MyDeviceName.  
2. Press and hold to clear the current name.  
3. Use your keypad to enter a new name and press to  
save and exit.  
218  
Section 2L: Using Bluetooth  
 
BluetoothSettings:Visibility  
The Visibility section of the Bluetooth Settings menu allows  
you to manage your availability to other Bluetooth devices.  
Toconfigureyourphone’svisibility(discoverability)toother  
Bluetoothdevices:  
1. Select >Settings>Bluetooth>Visibility.  
2. Select your desiredVisibility setting and press  
:
AlwaysVisible to allow other Bluetooth devices to  
detect and identify your phone.  
Visiblefor3min. to allow other Bluetooth devices to  
detect your phone for 3 minutes, after which it  
returns to hidden mode.  
Hidden to prevent other Bluetooth devices from  
detecting and identifying your phone.  
It isrecommendedthat yourphoneisinstandbymodewhen  
receivingdatafromotherdevicesviaBluetooth.  
Note:  
BluetoothSettings:VoicePriority  
The VoicePriority section of the Bluetooth Settings menu  
allows you to choose the default device you want to use for  
incoming and outgoing calls.  
Toset thevoicepriority:  
1. Select >Settings>Bluetooth>VoicePriority.  
2. Select Phone or Hands-free.  
Phone allows you to switch the audio between your  
phone and hands-free devices.  
Hands-free allows only hands-free devices to be  
used.  
Section 2L: Using Bluetooth  
219  
BluetoothSettings:MyDeviceInformation  
Todisplayyourphone’sdeviceinformation:  
Select >Settings>Bluetooth>MyDeviceInfo.  
SettingAuto-Accept  
You can configure your phone’s accessibility to other  
Bluetooth devices.  
Toconfigureyourphone’saccessibilitytootherBluetooth  
devices:  
1. Select >Tools>Bluetooth.  
2. Select the device from the trusted devices list and select  
Options (right softkey)>Auto-Accept.  
3. Select a setting and press  
:
On allows other Bluetooth devices to initiate a  
connection without any confirmation.  
Offdisplays a confirmation screen, from which you  
can accept or deny the connection.  
WhentheAuto-Accept featureisenabledandyoureceive  
filesfromotherdevices, anyexistingfileofthesamename  
willbeoverwrittenwithout anywarningnotice.  
Note:  
220  
Section 2L: Using Bluetooth  
BluetoothProfiles  
All the Bluetooth settings you configure are stored in your  
phone’s Bluetooth user profile. Different profiles can be used  
for specific Bluetooth functions.  
Headset ProfileThis profile functions as a wireless ear  
jack. When an incoming call is received, the ringer can be  
heard through the headset instead of through the phone.  
The call can then be received by pushing a button. While  
using your phone, you can use the headset instead of the  
phone by pushing a button on the headset, the same as  
inserting a jack into the phone. Increase or decrease the  
volume by using the volume key on the side of the phone.  
Hands-FreeProfileThis profile functions as a wireless  
car-kit. Incoming calls ring to the hands-free headset or  
device. Calls can be received by pressing a button on the  
headset or device. For dialing, four functions are  
supported: recent call dial, voice dial, speed dial, and  
number dial. Increase or decrease the volume by using the  
volume key on the side of the phone.  
DUN:Dial-UpNetworkProfileThis profile functions as a  
wireless data cable, connecting a PC or PDA to a network  
through your phone.  
OPP:ObjectPushProfileThis profile uses the Generic  
Object Exchange profile services to send data objects  
between devices and can be used to exchange objects like  
music files, pictures, calendar (vCal), and business cards  
(vCard).  
Section 2L: Using Bluetooth  
221  
 
FTP:FileTransferProfileThis profile allows you to transfer  
files to or from other Bluetooth-enabled devices.  
BPP:BasicPrintingProfileThis profile enables simpler  
printing from your phone to a Bluetooth-enabled printer.  
A2DP:AdvancedAudioDistributionProfileThis profile  
allows you to transmit high quality stereo music from  
your phone to other compatible accessories including  
Bluetooth stereo headsets.  
TheA2DPprofilesupportsthefollowingfileextensions:  
“aac,m4a,mp3,mp4,3gp,3gpp,3g2,3gp2,”  
“mid.Streamingmediaandmoviemediaarenot supported.  
Note:  
AVRCP:Audio/VideoRemoteControlProfileThis profile  
enables your phone to remotely control compatible  
accessories including Bluetooth stereo headsets. You can  
play, pause, stop, forward, reverse, fast forward, or rewind  
from a headset. (Playback functions may vary among  
Bluetooth accessories.)  
222  
Section 2L: Using Bluetooth  
PairingBluetoothDevices  
PairedDevices  
The Bluetooth pairing process allows you to establish trusted  
connections between your phone and another Bluetooth  
device. When devices are paired, a passcode (sometimes  
called a PIN) is shared between devices, allowing for fast,  
secure connections while bypassing the discovery and  
authentication process.  
TopairyourphonewithanotherBluetoothdevice:  
1. Select >Tools>Bluetooth>AddNew>Search.  
(Your phone will display a list of discovered in-range  
Bluetooth devices.)  
2. Select the device you wish to pair with and press  
.
3. Select AddtoTrusted.  
4. Enter the PIN and press . (When the owner of the other  
device enters the same PIN, the pairing is complete.)  
WaitingforRequest  
If you are going to be using a Dial-Up Network (DUN) profile to  
pair with a PC or PDA, you will need to allow the other device  
to initiate pairing with your phone.  
ToallowyourphonetobepairedwithanotherBluetoothdevice:  
1. Select >Tools>Bluetooth>AddNew>  
Wait forRequest.  
2. Follow the onscreen prompts to enter your PIN and  
press  
.
Section 2L: Using Bluetooth  
223  
 
UsingtheTrustedDevicesOptions  
Once you have created paired devices, several options are  
available from the trusted devices list.  
Tousethetrusteddevicesoptions:  
1. From the trusted devices list, select a device.  
2. Select Options (right softkey) to display the following  
options:  
Connect or Disconnect to connect to or disconnect  
from the Bluetooth device (if applicable).  
SendItem to send an item saved on your phone to  
another Bluetooth device.  
Browse to browse and transfer files between  
Bluetooth devices using FTP.  
Printto print the data using Basic Printing Profile or  
Object Push Profile (if applicable).  
Edit Name to edit the name of the trusted device.  
Auto-Accept to configure your phone’s accessibility  
to other Bluetooth devices. (See page 220.)  
DeviceInfo to display the trusted device’s  
information.  
Sort by to sort the trusted devices.  
Delete to delete the selected device from the list.  
DeleteAll to delete all devices from the list.  
Settings to display the Bluetooth settings menu. (See  
page 218.)  
224  
Section 2L: Using Bluetooth  
 
PrintingDataviaBluetooth  
You can print out your pictures, Contacts entries, business  
card, calendar event, and messages stored on the phone.  
(Some Bluetooth-enabled printers may not support this  
feature.)  
Toprint dataviaBluetooth:  
1. Select >Tools>Bluetooth.  
2. Select the device from the trusted devices list and then  
select Options (right softkey)>Print.  
3. Select a category (Picture, BusinessCard, Contacts,  
CalendarEvent, or Message) and press  
.
4. Select CreatePrint Job or PrinterDefault and press  
.
(This step only appears when you select a picture.)  
CreatePrint Job to print pictures by creating a print  
job via the Basic Printing Profile.  
PrinterDefault to print pictures using the default  
printer settings via the Object Push Profile.  
5. Follow the onscreen instructions to select the item(s)  
to print.  
6. Make sure the printer is ready to print data, and then  
select Print(left softkey).  
7. If necessary, enter the PIN and press  
.
Beforeyoustart usingtheBluetoothfeature, makesureyour  
phone’sbatteryisfullycharged.  
Note:  
Section 2L: Using Bluetooth  
225  
 
SendingDataviaBluetooth  
You can send data saved on your phone to another Bluetooth  
device.  
TosenddataviaBluetooth:  
1. Select >Tools>Bluetooth.  
2. Select the device from the trusted devices list and then  
select Options (right softkey)>SendItem.  
3. Select an item (BusinessCard, Contacts, CalendarEvent, or  
FromFileManager) and press  
.
4. Follow the onscreen instructions to select the item(s)  
to send.  
5. Make sure the other device is ready to receive data, and  
then select Send (left softkey).  
6. If necessary, enter the PIN and press  
.
Duetodifferent specificationsandfeaturesofother  
Bluetooth-compatibledevices, displayandoperationsmaybe  
different, andfunctionssuchastransferorexchangemaynot  
bepossiblewithallBluetooth-compatibledevices.  
Note:  
226  
Section 2L: Using Bluetooth  
 
Section 3  
Sprint PCS Service Features  
 
Section 3A  
Sprint PCS Service Features:  
The Basics  
In This Section  
UsingVoicemail (page 229)  
UsingSMSText Messaging (page 237)  
UsingSMSVoiceMessaging (page 241)  
UsingCallerID (page 242)  
RespondingtoCallWaiting (page 243)  
MakingaThree-WayCall (page 244)  
UsingCallForwarding (page 245)  
Nowthat you’vemasteredyourphone’sfundamentals,  
it’stimetoexplorethecallingfeaturesthat enhanceyour  
Sprint PCSservice.This section outlines your basic Sprint PCS  
service features.  
228  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features The Basics  
 
UsingVoicemail  
SettingUpYourVoicemail  
All unanswered calls to your phone are automatically  
transferred to your voicemail, even if your phone is in use or  
turned off.Therefore, you will want to set up your Sprint PCS  
Voicemail and personal greeting as soon as your phone is  
activated.  
Toset upyourvoicemail:  
1. Press and hold  
.
2. Follow the system prompts to:  
Create your passcode.  
Record your name announcement.  
Record your greeting.  
Choose whether to activate One-Touch Message  
Access (a feature that lets you access messages  
simply by pressing and holding  
, bypassing the  
need for you to enter your passcode).  
VoicemailPasscode  
Note:  
Ifyouareconcernedabout unauthorizedaccesstoyour  
voicemailaccount, Sprintrecommendsthat youenableyour  
voicemailpasscode(donot activateOne-TouchMessage  
Access).  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features The Basics  
229  
 
VoicemailNotification  
There are several ways your phone alerts you to a new  
message:  
By displaying a message on the screen.  
By sounding the assigned ringer type.  
By the LED blinking red.  
By displaying  
at the top of your screen.  
NewVoicemailMessageAlerts  
When you receive a new voice message, your phone alerts you  
and prompts you to call your voicemail.  
Tocallyourvoicemail:  
Press  
.
TodisplayyourMissedLog:  
Press > Missed Alerts.  
WhenyouareroamingofftheNationwideSprint PCS  
Network, youmaynot receivenotificationofnewvoicemail  
messages. It isrecommendedthat youperiodicallycheckyour  
voicemailbydialing1+areacode+yourwirelessphone  
Note:  
number.Whenyourvoicemailanswers, press( )andenter  
*
yourpasscode.Youwillbechargedroamingrateswhen  
accessingvoicemailwhileroamingofftheNationwide  
Sprint PCSNetwork.  
Yourphoneacceptsmessagesevenwhenit isturnedoff.  
However, youarenotifiedofnewmessagesonlywhenyour  
phoneisturnedonandyouareinaSprint PCSservicearea.  
230  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features The Basics  
RetrievingYourVoicemailMessages  
You can review your messages directly from your wireless  
phone or from any other touch-tone phone.To dial from your  
wireless phone, you can either speed dial your voicemail or  
use the menu keys.  
UsingOne-TouchMessageAccess  
Press and hold  
box.)  
. (Your phone will dial your voicemail  
UsingtheMenuKeysonYourPhonetoAccessYour  
Messages  
1. Select >Messaging>Voicemail.  
2. Select CallVoicemail to listen to your messages.  
Youarechargedforairtimeminuteswhenyouareaccessing  
yourvoicemailfromyourwirelessphone.  
Note:  
UsingaPhoneOtherThanYourWirelessPhoneto  
AccessMessages  
1. Dial your wireless phone number.  
2. When your voicemail answers, press  
.
3. Enter your passcode.  
Whenyoucallintovoicemail, youfirst heartheheader  
information(date, time, andsenderinformation)forthe  
message.Toskipdirectlytothemessage, press 4duringthe  
header.  
Tip:  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features The Basics  
231  
VoicemailButtonGuide  
Here’s a quick guide to your keypad functions while listening  
to voicemail messages. For further details and menu options,  
see “Voicemail Menu Key” on page 235.  
Date/Time  
Replay  
SendReply  
Rewind  
CallBack  
Help  
Advance  
Forward  
Save  
Erase  
Cancel  
Skip  
VoicemailOptions  
Your phone offers several options for organizing and  
accessing your voicemail.  
UsingExpert Mode  
Using the Expert Mode setting for your personal voicemail  
box helps you navigate through the voicemail system more  
quickly by shortening the voice prompts you hear at each level.  
ToturnExpert Modeonoroff:  
1. Press and hold  
to access your voicemail.  
2. Press  
to change your Personal Options, following  
the system prompts.  
3. Press  
for Expert Mode.  
4. Press  
to turn Expert Mode on or off.  
232  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features The Basics  
SettingUpGroupDistributionLists  
Create up to 20 separate group lists, each with up to 20  
customers.  
1. Press and hold  
to access your voicemail.  
2. Press  
to change your Personal Options, following  
the system prompts.  
3. Press  
for Settings.  
4. Press  
for Group Distribution Lists.  
5. Follow the voice prompts to create, edit, rename, or  
delete group lists.  
Sprint PCSCallback  
Return a call after listening to a message without  
disconnecting from voicemail.  
Press  
after listening to a message. (Once the call is  
complete, you’re returned to the voicemail main menu.)  
Voicemail-to-VoicemailMessage  
Record and send a voice message to other Sprint PCS  
Voicemail users.  
1. From the main voicemail menu, press  
to send a  
message.  
2. Follow the voice prompts to enter the phone number.  
3. Follow the voice prompts to record and send your voice  
message.  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features The Basics  
233  
Voicemail-to-VoicemailMessageReply  
Reply to a voice message received from any other Sprint PCS  
Voicemail user.  
1. After listening to a voice message, press  
.
2. Follow the voice prompts to record and send your reply.  
Voicemail-to-VoicemailMessageForwarding  
Forward a voice message, except those marked “Private,” to  
other Sprint PCSVoicemail users.  
1. After listening to a message, press  
.
2. Follow the voice prompts to enter the phone number.  
3. Follow the voice prompts to record your introduction  
and forward the voice message.  
Voicemail-to-VoicemailReceipt Request  
Receive confirmation that your voice message has been  
listened to when you send, forward, or reply to other  
Sprint PCS users.  
1. After you have recorded a message, press  
to listen  
to the recorded message.  
2. Press  
3. Press  
4. Press  
for More Options.  
to mark receipt requested.  
to send your voicemail message.  
234  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features The Basics  
ExtendedAbsenceGreeting  
When your phone is turned off or you are off the Nationwide  
Sprint PCS Network for an extended period, this greeting can  
be played instead of your normal personal greeting.  
1. From the main voicemail menu, press  
for Personal  
Options.  
2. Press  
for Greetings.  
to record an Extended Absence Greeting.  
3. Press  
ClearingtheMessageIcon  
Your phone may temporarily continue to display the message  
icon after you have checked your voice and text messages.  
Tocleartheiconfromthedisplayscreen:  
1. Select >Messaging>Voicemail>ClearCount.  
2. Select Yesand press  
.
VoicemailMenuKey  
Following the prompts on the voicemail system, you can use  
your keypad to navigate through the voicemail menu.The  
following list outlines your phone’s voicemail menu structure.  
Listen  
EnvelopeInformation  
Reply  
Advance8Seconds  
Replay  
Rewind  
ForwardMessage  
Erase  
Callback  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features The Basics  
235  
Save  
Options  
SendaMessage  
PersonalOptions  
Settings  
SkipPasscode  
Autoplay  
MessageDate&TimeOn/Off  
ChangePasscode  
GroupDistributionList  
NumericPagingtoaPhone  
ReturntoPersonalOptionsMenu  
Greetings  
PersonalGreetings  
NameAnnouncement  
ExtendedAbsenceGreeting  
ReturntoPersonalOptionsMenu  
Expert Mode(On/Off)  
PlaceaCall  
Disconnect  
236  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features The Basics  
UsingSMSText Messaging  
With SMSText Messaging, you can use other people’s phone  
numbers to send instant text messages from your phone to  
their messaging-ready phones – and they can send messages  
to you. When you receive a new message, it will automatically  
display on your phone’s screen.  
In addition, SMSText Messaging includes a variety of preset  
messages, such as “Can’t talk right now. Send me a message.”  
that make composing messages fast and easy. You can also  
customize your own preset messages (up to 50 characters)  
from your phone.  
ComposingSMSText Messages  
TocomposeanSMSText message:  
1. Select >Messaging>SendMessage>Text and select  
the entry method you prefer:  
Contacts to select a recipient from your internal  
Contacts. (Qualifying Contacts entries must contain  
a phone number or an email address.)  
Phone# to use the keypad to enter the phone  
number of the person to whom you wish to send a  
message.  
Email to enter the recipient’s email address.  
Youcanalsoselect Others (right softkey)toselect recipients  
fromyourdesiredlist.  
Tip:  
2. Press to save the recipient. (You may include up to 50  
recipients per message.)  
3. Select Next (left softkey) when you have finished  
selecting and entering recipients.  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features The Basics  
237  
 
4. Compose a message or use the preset messages or  
smileys (icons).  
To type a message, use your keypad to enter your  
message. Select Mode (right softkey) to select a  
character input mode. (See “EnteringText” on  
page 41.)  
5. Scroll down to select the message priority (Ordinary or  
Urgent), set the callback number, set the signature, or  
set the delivery receipt.  
6. Review your message and select Send (left softkey). (You  
may also select additional messaging options by  
selecting Options [right softkey] to change the recipients  
or save to draft.)  
YoucanalsosendanSMSText messagewhentheleft softkey  
displaysthe SendMsg option.  
Tip:  
238  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features The Basics  
AccessingSMSText Messages  
ToreadanSMSText message:  
When you receive a text message, it will be displayed  
automatically on your phone’s screen. Use your  
navigation key to scroll down and view the entire  
message.  
ToreplytoanSMSText message:  
1. While the message is open, select Reply (left softkey).  
2. Select Text, and then compose your reply or use the  
preset messages or icons.  
To type a message, use your keypad to enter your  
message. Use Mode (right softkey) to select a  
character input mode. (See “EnteringText” on  
page 41.)  
3. Review your reply and select Send (left softkey).  
(You may also select additional messaging options by  
selecting Options [right softkey] to change the recipients  
or save to draft.)  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features The Basics  
239  
UsingPreset Messages  
Preset messages make sending text messages to your friends,  
family, and coworkers easier than ever.  
Tosendpreset messagesintothetext box:  
1. Select >Settings>Messaging>Preset Msgs.  
2. Highlight a message you wish to send and select Options  
(right softkey) >SendText.  
Toedit preset messages:  
1. Select >Settings>Messaging>Preset Msgs.  
2. Highlight a message you wish to edit and press  
.
3. Enter your new message or changes and press  
.
(See “EnteringText” on page 41.)  
Toreset preset messages:  
1. Select >Settings>Messaging>Preset Msgs.  
2. Select Options (right softkey) >Reset AllMsgs>Yes.  
240  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features The Basics  
UsingSMSVoiceMessaging  
In addition to sending and receiving SMSText messages, your  
phone is enabled with SMSVoice Messaging. With SMSVoice  
Messaging, you can quickly and easily send a voice message to  
other SMS-enabled phones or to working email addresses  
without making a phone call. Just record a message and send  
it directly to the recipient’s phone messaging inbox.  
PlayinganSMSVoiceMessage  
ToplayanSMSVoicemessagefromthemainmenu:  
1. Select >Messaging>VoiceSMS.  
2. Select the message you want to play and press  
.
(The message will begin playing.)  
3. Select Reply (left softkey) to reply the message.  
(To display the message options, select Options [right  
softkey].)  
ComposingSMSVoiceMessages  
TocomposeanSMSVoicemessage:  
1. Select >Messaging>SendMessage>VoiceSMS.  
2. Select Contacts, Phone#, or Email to select a recipient or  
enter a recipient’s phone number or email address  
directly.  
3. Select Next (left softkey) when you have finished  
selecting and entering recipients.  
4. Start recording after the beep. (You can record for up to  
two minutes.)  
5. To finish recording, select Done (left softkey).  
6. Select Send (left softkey) to send the voice message.  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features The Basics  
241  
 
AccessingSMSVoiceMessages  
ToplayanSMSVoicemessage:  
When you receive a voice message, a pop-up notification  
will automatically be displayed on your phone’s screen.  
Use your softkeys to view and play the voice message.  
ToreplytoanSMSVoicemessage:  
1. From the SMSVoice inbox, select Reply (left softkey).  
2. Select VoiceSMS.  
3. Record your reply, and then select Send (left softkey).  
IfanSMSVoicemessagehasseveralrecipients, youcan  
choose ReplyAll tosendyourresponsetoalltherecipientsof  
themessage, or ReplytoSender toreplyonlytotheperson  
whosent youthemessage.  
Tip:  
Using CallerID  
Caller ID allows people to identify a caller before answering  
the phone by displaying the number of the incoming call. If  
you do not want your number displayed when you make a call,  
just follow these easy steps.  
Toblockyourphonenumberfrombeingdisplayedforaspecific  
outgoingcall:  
1. Press  
2. Enter the number you want to call.  
3. Press  
.
.
To permanently block your number, call Sprint Customer  
Service.  
242  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features The Basics  
 
RespondingtoCallWaiting  
When you’re on a call, CallWaiting alerts you to incoming calls  
by sounding beeps. Your phone’s screen informs you that  
another call is coming in and displays the caller’s phone  
number (if it is available).  
Torespondtoanincomingcallwhileyou’reonacall:  
Press  
. (This puts the first caller on hold and answers  
the second call.)  
Toswitchbacktothefirst caller:  
Press  
again.  
Forthosecallswhereyoudon’t want tobeinterrupted, you  
Tip:  
cantemporarilydisableCallWaitingbypressing 70 before  
*
placingyourcall. CallWaitingisautomaticallyreactivated  
onceyouendthecall.  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features The Basics  
243  
 
MakingaThree-WayCall  
WithThree-Way Calling, you can talk to two people at the  
same time. When using this feature, the normal airtime rates  
will be charged for each of the two calls.  
TomakeaThree-WayCall:  
1. Enter a number you wish to call and press  
.
2. Once you have established the connection, press  
.
(This puts the first caller on hold and dials the second  
number.)  
3. Dial the second number you wish to call and press  
.
4. When you’re connected to the second party, press  
again to begin your three-way call.  
If one of the people you called hangs up during your call, you  
and the remaining caller stay connected. If you initiated the  
call and are the first to hang up, all other callers are  
disconnected.  
CallWaitingandThree-WayCallingarenot availablewhile  
roamingofftheNationwideSprint PCSNetwork.  
Note:  
244  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features The Basics  
 
UsingCallForwarding  
Call Forwarding lets you forward all your incoming calls to  
another phone number – even when your phone is turned off.  
You can continue to make calls from your phone when Call  
Forwarding is activated.  
ToactivateCallForwarding:  
1. Press  
.
2. Enter the area code and phone number to which your  
future calls should be forwarded.  
3. Press  
. (You will hear a tone to confirm the activation  
of Call Forwarding.)  
TodeactivateCallForwarding:  
1. Press  
.
2. Press  
. (You will see a message and hear a tone to  
confirm the deactivation.)  
Youarechargedahigherrateforcallsyouhaveforwarded.  
Note:  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features The Basics  
245  
 
Section 3B  
Sprint PCS Voice Command  
In This Section  
GettingStartedWithSprint PCSVoiceCommand (page 247)  
CreatingYourOwnAddressBook (page 248)  
MakingaCallWithSprint PCSVoiceCommand (page 249)  
AccessingInformationUsingSprint PCSVoiceCommand  
(page 250)  
WithSprint PCS, reachingyourfriends, family, andco-workers  
hasneverbeeneasierespeciallywhenyou’reonthego.You  
can even listen toWeb-based information, such as news,  
weather, and sports. Your voice does it all with Sprint PCS  
Voice Command.  
This section outlines the Sprint PCSVoice Command service.  
246  
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVoice Command  
 
GettingStartedWithSprint PCS  
VoiceCommand  
With Sprint PCSVoice Command:  
You can store all your contacts’phone numbers, so you can  
simply say the name of the person you want to call.  
There’s no need to punch in a lot of numbers, memorize  
voicemail passwords, or try to dial while you’re driving.  
You can call anyone in your address book – even if you  
don’t remember their phone number.  
You don’t need to worry about losing your contacts or  
address book.This advanced service is network-based, so  
if you switch or happen to lose your phone, you won’t lose  
your contacts or address book.  
It’sEasytoGet Started  
There are two easy ways to sign up for Sprint PCSVoice  
Command:  
Sign up when you purchase and activate your phone.  
Just dial  
from your phone to contact  
Sprint Customer Service and sign up.  
There is a monthly charge for Sprint PCSVoice Command.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVoice Command  
247  
 
CreatingYourOwnAddressBook  
You can program up to 500 names into your personal address  
book, with each name having up to five phone numbers.  
That’s 2500 phone numbers, and with the advanced  
technology of Sprint PCSVoice Command, you can have  
instant access to all of them.  
There are four ways to update your address book:  
OntheWeb. Go to www.talk.sprintpcs.com and sign on with  
your phone number and password to access a fully  
functionalWeb-based address book to create and update  
your contacts.  
UseanExistingAddressBook. Automatically merge  
address books from desktop software applications with  
SM  
Sprint Sync Services for no additional charge. Simply  
click the “Click to synchronize” button within your Sprint  
PCSVoice Command personal address book at  
UseVoiceRecordings. Simply dial  
and say, Add  
name.” You will then be asked to say the name and  
number you want to add to your personal address book.  
Your address book can store up to 20 voice recorded names  
at once.  
CallSprint 411. If you don’t have a computer or Internet  
access handy, you can have Sprint 411 look up phone  
numbers for you and automatically add them to your  
address book. Just dial  
and say “Call operator”  
and we’ll add two names and all the numbers associated  
with those names to your address book for our standard  
directory assistance charge.  
248  
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVoice Command  
 
MakingaCallWithSprint PCS  
VoiceCommand  
TomakeacallwithSprint PCSVoiceCommand:  
1. Press  
and you’ll hear the “Ready” prompt.  
2. After the “Ready” prompt, simply say, in a natural voice,  
“Call” and the name of the person or the number youd  
like to call. (For example, you can say, “Call Jane Smith at  
work,” “Call John Baker on the mobile phone,” “Call 555-  
1234,” or “Call Bob Miller.”)  
3. Your request will be repeated and you will be asked to  
verify. Say “Yes” to call the number or person. (The  
number will automatically be dialed.) Say “No” if you  
wish to cancel.  
Keepinmindthat Sprint PCSVoiceCommandrecognizesnot  
onlyyourvoice, but anyvoice, sothat otherscanexperience  
thesameconvenienceiftheyuseyourphone.  
Tip:  
For more helpful hints on Sprint PCSVoice Command,  
including a list of recognized commands and an interactive  
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVoice Command  
249  
 
AccessingInformationUsing  
Sprint PCSVoiceCommand  
ToaccessinformationusingSprint PCSVoiceCommand:  
1. Press  
.
2. Say “Call theWeb” and choose from a listing of  
information categories like news, weather, and sports.  
– or –  
Simply say “Call news room,” “Call the weather,” “Call  
Sports Central,” etc.  
Sprint PCSVoiceCommandisnot availablewhileroamingoff  
theNationwideSprint PCSNetwork.  
Note:  
250  
Section 3B: Sprint PCSVoice Command  
 
Section 4  
Safety and Warranty  
Information  
 
Section 4A  
Important Safety Information  
In This Section  
GeneralPrecautions (page 253)  
MaintainingSafeUseofandAccesstoYourPhone (page 254)  
UsingYourPhoneWithaHearingAidDevice (page 256)  
CaringfortheBattery (page 257)  
Radiofrequency(RF)Energy (page 259)  
Owner’sRecord (page 262)  
PhoneGuideProprietaryNotice (page 262)  
Thisphoneguidecontainsimportant operationalandsafety  
informationthat willhelpyousafelyuseyourphone. Failure  
to read and follow the information provided in this phone  
guide may result in serious bodily injury, death, or property  
damage.  
252  
Section 4A: Important Safety Information  
 
GeneralPrecautions  
There are several simple guidelines to operating your phone properly and  
maintaining safe, satisfactory service.  
To maximize performance, do not touch the upper back portion of your  
phone where the internal antenna is located while using the phone.  
Speak directly into the mouthpiece.  
Avoid exposing your phone and accessories to rain or liquid spills. If  
your phone does get wet, immediately turn the power off and remove  
the battery.  
Do not expose your phone to direct sunlight for extended periods of  
time (such as on the dashboard of a car).  
Although your phone is quite sturdy, it is a complex piece of equipment  
and can be broken. Avoid dropping, hitting, bending, or sitting on it.  
Any changes or modifications to your phone not expressly approved in  
this document could void your warranty for this equipment and void  
your authority to operate this equipment.  
Forthebest careofyourphone, onlySprint-authorizedpersonnel  
shouldserviceyourphoneandaccessories. Failuretodosomaybe  
dangerousandvoidyourwarranty.  
Note:  
Section 4A: Important Safety Information  
253  
 
MaintainingSafeUseofandAccessto  
YourPhone  
DoNot RelyonYourPhoneforEmergencyCalls  
Mobile phones operate using radio signals, which cannot guarantee  
connection in all conditions.Therefore you should never rely solely upon  
any mobile phone for essential communication (e.g., medical  
emergencies). Emergency calls may not be possible on all cellular networks  
or when certain network services or mobile phone features are in use.  
Check with your local service provider for details.  
UsingYourPhoneWhileDriving  
Talking on your phone while driving (or operating the phone without a  
hands-free device) is prohibited in some jurisdictions. Laws vary as to  
specific restrictions. Remember that safety always comes first.  
Purchaseanoptionalhands-freeaccessoryat yourlocalSprint Store, or  
calltheSprint PCSAccessoryHotline at 1-800-974-2221orbydialing  
Tip:  
SM  
#222onyourphone.  
FollowingSafetyGuidelines  
To operate your phone safely and efficiently, always follow any special  
regulations in a given area.Turn your phone off in areas where use is  
forbidden or when it may cause interference or danger.  
UsingYourPhoneNearOtherElectronicDevices  
Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from radiofrequency (RF)  
signals. However, RF signals from wireless phones may affect inadequately  
shielded electronic equipment.  
RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded  
electronic operating systems or entertainment systems in motor vehicles.  
Check with the manufacturer or their representative to determine if these  
systems are adequately shielded from external RF signals. Also check with  
the manufacturer regarding any equipment that has been added to your  
vehicle.  
Consult the manufacturer of any personal medical devices, such as  
pacemakers and hearing aids, to determine if they are adequately shielded  
from external RF signals.  
Alwaysturnoffthephoneinhealthcarefacilities, andrequest  
permissionbeforeusingthephonenearmedicalequipment.  
Note:  
254  
Section 4A: Important Safety Information  
 
TurningOffYourPhoneBeforeFlying  
Turn off your phone before boarding any aircraft.To prevent possible  
interference with aircraft systems, the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration  
(FAA) regulations require you to have permission from a crew member to  
use your phone while the plane is on the ground.To prevent any risk of  
interference, FCC regulations prohibit using your phone while the plane is  
in the air.  
TurningOffYourPhoneinDangerousAreas  
To avoid interfering with blasting operations, turn your phone off when in a  
blasting area or in other areas with signs indicating two-way radios should  
be turned off. Construction crews often use remote-control RF devices to  
set off explosives.  
Turn your phone off when you’re in any area that has a potentially explosive  
atmosphere. Although it’s rare, your phone and accessories could generate  
sparks. Sparks can cause an explosion or fire, resulting in bodily injury or  
even death.These areas are often, but not always, clearly marked.They  
include:  
Fueling areas such as gas stations.  
Below deck on boats.  
Fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities.  
Areas where the air contains chemicals or particles such as grain, dust,  
or metal powders.  
Any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your  
vehicle’s engine.  
Nevertransport orstoreflammablegas, flammableliquids, or  
explosivesinthecompartment ofyourvehiclethat containsyour  
phoneoraccessories.  
Note:  
RestrictingChildren’sAccesstoYourPhone  
Your phone is not a toy. Do not allow children to play with it as they could  
hurt themselves and others, damage the phone or make calls that increase  
your Sprint PCS invoice.  
Section 4A: Important Safety Information  
255  
UsingYourPhoneWithaHearingAidDevice  
Your phone has been tested for hearing aid device compatibility.When some  
wireless phones are used near some hearing devices (hearing aids and  
cochlear implants), users may detect a buzzing, humming, or whining noise.  
Some hearing devices are more immune than others to this interference  
noise, and phones also vary in the amount of interference they generate.  
The wireless telephone industry has developed ratings for some of their  
mobile phones, to assist hearing device users in finding phones that may be  
compatible with their hearing devices. Not all phones have been rated.  
Phones that are rated will have the rating on the box. YourM1hasanM4  
rating.  
PhonesratedM3orM4meet FCCrequirementsandmaygenerateless  
interferencetohearingdevicesthanphonesthat arenot labeled. M4is  
thebetter/higherofthetworatings.  
Note:  
The M3/M4 ratings do not guarantee successful interoperation between  
your phone and hearing aid device. Results will vary depending on the level  
of immunity of your hearing device and degree of your hearing loss.  
The more immune your hearing aid device is, the less likely you are to  
experience interference noise from your wireless phone. Hearing aid  
devices should have ratings similar to phones. Ask your hearing healthcare  
professional for the rating of your aids. Most new hearing aids have at least  
an M2 immunity level. Add the “M” ratings of your hearing aid and your  
phone to determine probable usability:  
Anycombinedratingequaltoorgreaterthansixoffersbest use.  
Anycombinedratingequaltofiveisconsiderednormaluse.  
Anycombinedratingequaltofourisconsidredusable.  
Thus, if you pair an M3 hearing aid with an M3 phone, you will have a  
combined rating of six for “best use.”  
Sprint Nextel further suggests you experiment with multiple phones (even  
those not labeled M3 or M4) while in the store to find the one that works  
best with your hearing aid device. Should you experience interference or  
find the quality of service unsatisfactory after purchasing your phone,  
promptly return it to the store within 30 days of purchase. With the  
Sprint 30-day Risk-Free Guarantee, you may return the phone within  
30 days of purchase for a full refund.  
256  
Section 4A: Important Safety Information  
 
GettingtheBest HearingDeviceExperience  
WithYourPhone  
To further minimize interference:  
Thereisusuallylessinterferenceonthemicrophonesettingthanthe  
telecoilsetting.  
Set thephone’sDisplayandKeypadbacklight settingstoensurethe  
minimumtimeinterval:  
1. Select  
>Settings>Display>Backlight.  
2. Select MainLCD, Key, or SubLCD and press  
3. Select the minimum time interval setting and press  
.
.
Positionthephonesotheinternalantennaisfarthest fromyourhearing  
aid.  
Movethephonearoundtofindthepoint withleast interference.  
CaringfortheBattery  
ProtectingYourBattery  
The guidelines listed below help you get the most out of your battery’s  
performance.  
Recently there have been some public reports of wireless phone  
batteries overheating, catching fire or exploding. It appears that many,  
if not all, of these reports involve counterfeit or inexpensive,  
aftermarket-brand batteries with unknown or questionable  
manufacturing standards. Sprint is not aware of similar problems with  
Sprint PCS phones resulting from the proper use of batteries and  
accessories approved by Sprint or the manufacturer of your phone. Use  
only Sprint-approved or manufacturer-approved batteries and  
accessories found at Sprint Stores or through your phone’s  
manufacturer, or call 1-866-343-1114 to order.They’re also available at  
www.sprint.com— click the Wireless option under “Personal,” and then  
click Accessories. Buying the right batteries and accessories is the best  
way to ensure they’re genuine and safe.  
Section 4A: Important Safety Information  
257  
 
In order to avoid damage, charge the battery only in temperatures that  
range from 32° F to 113° F (0° C to 45° C).  
Don’t use the battery charger in direct sunlight or in high humidity  
areas, such as the bathroom.  
Never dispose of the battery by incineration.  
Keep the metal contacts on top of the battery clean.  
Don’t attempt to disassemble or short-circuit the battery.  
The battery may need recharging if it has not been used for a long period  
of time.  
It’s best to replace the battery when it no longer provides acceptable  
performance. It can be recharged hundreds of times before it needs  
replacing.  
Don’t store the battery in high temperature areas for long periods of  
time. It’s best to follow these storage rules:  
Less than one month:  
-4° F to 140° F (-20° C to 60° C)  
More than one month:  
-4° F to 113° F (-20° C to 45° C)  
DisposalofLithiumIon(Li-Ion)Batteries  
For safe disposal options of your Li-Ion batteries, contact your nearest  
Sprint authorized service center.  
SpecialNote:Be sure to dispose of your battery properly. In some areas,  
the disposal of batteries in household or business trash may be prohibited.  
258  
Section 4A: Important Safety Information  
Radiofrequency(RF)Energy  
UnderstandingHowYourPhoneOperates  
Your phone is basically a radio transmitter and receiver. When it’s turned  
on, it receives and transmits radiofrequency (RF) signals. When you use  
your phone, the system handling your call controls the power level.This  
power can range from 0.006 watt to 0.2 watt in digital mode.  
KnowingRadiofrequencySafety  
The design of your phone complies with updated NCRP standards described  
below.  
In 1991–92, the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and  
the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) joined in updating ANSI’s  
1982 standard for safety levels with respect to human exposure to RF  
signals. More than 120 scientists, engineers and physicians from  
universities, government health agencies and industries developed this  
updated standard after reviewing the available body of research. In 1993,  
the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) adopted this updated  
standard in a regulation. In August 1996, the FCC adopted hybrid standard  
consisting of the existing ANSI/IEEE standard and the guidelines published  
by the National Council of Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP).  
Body-WornOperation  
To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines, if you wear a  
handset on your body, use the Sprint supplied or approved carrying case,  
holster or other body-worn accessory. If you do not use a body-worn  
accessory, ensure the antenna is at least 1.9 centimeters from your body  
when transmitting. Use of non-Sprint-approved accessories may violate  
FCC RF exposure guidelines.  
For more information about RF exposure, visit the FCCWeb site at  
Section 4A: Important Safety Information  
259  
 
SpecificAbsorptionRates(SAR)forWirelessPhones  
The SAR is a value that corresponds to the relative amount of RF energy  
absorbed in the head of a user of a wireless handset.  
The SAR value of a phone is the result of an extensive testing, measuring  
and calculation process. It does not represent how much RF the phone  
emits. All phone models are tested at their highest value in strict laboratory  
settings. But when in operation, the SAR of a phone can be substantially  
less than the level reported to the FCC.This is because of a variety of factors  
including its proximity to a base station antenna, phone design and other  
factors. What is important to remember is that each phone meets strict  
federal guidelines.Variations in SARs do not represent a variation in safety.  
All phones must meet the federal standard, which incorporates a  
substantial margin of safety. As stated above, variations in SAR values  
between different model phones do not mean variations in safety. SAR  
values at or below the federal standard of 1.6W/kg are considered safe for  
use by the public.  
The highest reported SAR values of the M1 are:  
CellularCDMAmode(Part 22):  
Head: 0.711W/kg; Body-worn: 0.472W/kg  
PCSmode(Part 24):  
Head: 1.22W/kg; Body-worn: 0.583W/kg  
FCCRadiofrequencyEmission  
This phone meets the FCC Radiofrequency Emission Guidelines.  
FCC ID number: AEZSCP-M1.  
More information on the phone’s SAR can be found from the following FCC  
260  
Section 4A: Important Safety Information  
FCCNotice  
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to  
the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful  
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,  
including interference that may cause undesired operation.  
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible  
for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.  
Thisequipment hasbeentestedandfoundtocomplywiththelimits  
foraClassBdigitaldevice, pursuant toPart 15oftheFCCRules.  
Note:  
These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful  
interference in a residential installation.This equipment generates, uses  
and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in  
accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio  
communications.  
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a  
particular installation.  
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television  
reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on,  
the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of  
the following measures:  
Reorient the direction of the internal antenna.  
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.  
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to  
which the receiver is connected.  
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.  
Section 4A: Important Safety Information  
261  
Owner’sRecord  
The model number, regulatory number, and serial number are located on a  
nameplate inside the battery compartment. Record the serial number in  
the space provided below.This will be helpful if you need to contact us  
about your phone in the future.  
SM  
Model: Sprint PowerVision Phone M1 by Sanyo®  
Serial No.:  
PhoneGuideProprietaryNotice  
CDMATechnology is licensed by QUALCOMM Incorporated under one or  
more of the following patents:  
4,901,307 5,109,390 5,267,262 5,416,797  
5,506,865 5,544,196 5,657,420 5,101,501  
5,267,261 5,414,796 5,504,773 5,535,239  
5,600,754 5,778,338 5,228,054 5,337,338  
5,710,784 5,056,109 5,568,483 5,659,569  
5,490,165 5,511,073  
T9Text Input is licensed byTegic Communications and is covered by U.S. Pat.  
5,818,437, U.S. Pat. 5,953,541, U.S. Pat. 6,011,554 and other patents  
pending.  
Phone Guide template version 6A-NV_3 (May 2006)  
262  
Section 4A: Important Safety Information  
 
Section 4B  
Manufacturer’s Warranty  
In This Section  
Manufacturer’sWarranty (page 264)  
Yourphonehasbeendesignedtoprovideyouwithreliable,  
worry-freeservice. If for any reason you have a problem with  
your equipment, please refer to the manufacturer’s  
warranty in this section.  
For information regarding the terms and conditions of  
Sprint Customer Service at 1-888-211-4PCS .  
Inadditiontothewarrantyprovidedbyyourphone’s  
manufacturer, whichisdetailedonthefollowingpages,  
Sprint offersanumberofoptionalplanstocoveryour  
equipment fornon-warrantyclaims. SprintTotalEquipment  
Protection providesthecombinedcoverageofthe Sprint  
Equipment Replacement Program andthe Sprint Equipment  
ServiceandRepairProgram, bothofwhichareavailable  
separately. Eachoftheseprogramsmaybesignedupfor  
within30daysofactivatingyourphone. Formoredetails,  
pleasevisit yournearest Sprint StoreorcallSprint at  
1-800-584-3666.  
Note:  
Section 4B:Warranty  
263  
 
Manufacturer’sWarranty  
Manufacturer’sLimitedWarranty  
SANYOFISHERCOMPANY(“SANYO”) offers you, the original purchaser  
who has purchased the enclosed subscriber unit (“Product”) only from an  
authorized dealer in the United States, a limited warranty that the Product,  
including accessories in the Product’s package, will be free from defects in  
material or workmanship as follows:  
A. ONE(1)YEARLIMITEDWARRANTY:For a period of one (1) year from  
the date of original purchase, SANYO will, at its option, either repair or  
replace a defective Product (with new or rebuilt parts/replacements).  
B. LIMITEDWARRANTYONREPAIRED/REPLACEDPRODUCTS:For a  
period equal to the remainder of the limited warranty period on the  
original Product or, on warranty repairs which have been effected on  
Products for 90 days after the date of its repair or replacement, whichever is  
longer, SANYO will repair or replace (with new or rebuilt  
parts/replacements) defective parts or Products used in the repair or  
replacement of the original Product under the LimitedWarranty on it.  
Proof that the Product is within the warranty period in the form of a bill of  
sale or warranty repair document that includes the date of purchase,  
Product serial number and the authorized dealer’s name and address, must  
be presented to obtain warranty service.This limited warranty is not  
transferable to any third party, including but not limited to any subsequent  
purchaser or owner of the Product.Transfer or resale of a Product will  
automatically terminate warranty coverage with respect to it.  
This limited warranty covers batteries only if battery capacity falls below  
80% of rated capacity or the battery leaks. Also this limited warranty does  
not cover any battery if (i) the battery has been charged by a battery charger  
not specified or approved by SANYO for charging the battery, (ii) any of the  
seals on the battery are broken or show evidence of tampering, or (iii) the  
battery has been used in equipment other than the SANYO phone for which  
it is specified.  
264  
Section 4B:Warranty  
 
This limited warranty does not cover and is void with respect to the  
following: (i) Products which have been improperly installed, repaired,  
maintained or modified (including the antenna); (ii) Products which have  
been subjected to misuse (including Products used in conjunction with  
hardware electrically or mechanically incompatible or Products used with  
software, accessories, goods or ancillary or peripheral equipment not  
supplied or expressly authorized by SANYO for use), abuse, accident,  
physical damage, abnormal use or operation, improper handling or storage,  
neglect, exposure to fire, water or excessive moisture or dampness or  
extreme changes in climate or temperature, (iii) Products operated outside  
published maximum ratings; (iv) cosmetic damage; (v) Products on which  
warranty stickers or Product serial numbers have been removed, altered, or  
rendered illegible; (vi) customer instruction; (vii) cost of installation, set up,  
removal or reinstallation; (viii) signal reception problems (unless caused by  
defect in material or workmanship); (ix) damage the result of fire, flood,  
acts of God or other acts which are not the fault of SANYO and which the  
Product is not specified to tolerate, including damage caused by  
mishandling and blown fuses; (x) consumables (such as memory cards,  
fuses, etc.); or (xi) any Products which have been opened, repaired,  
modified or altered by anyone other than SANYO or a SANYO authorized  
service center.  
This warranty is valid only in the United States.  
REPAIRORREPLACEMENT, ASHEREINABOVEPROVIDED, ISYOUR  
SOLEANDEXCLUSIVEREMEDYFORBREACHOFTHELIMITED  
WARRANTY. SANYOSHALLHAVENOLIABILITYFORANYINCIDENTAL  
ORCONSEQUENTIALDAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUTNOTLIMITEDTO  
LOSSOFPROFITS, LOSTSALES, LOSSOFDATA, LOSSOFUSEOFTHE  
PRODUCT, ORANTICIPATEDPROFITSARISINGOUTOFUSEOR  
INABILITYTOUSEANYPRODUCT(FOREXAMPLE,WASTEDAIRTIME  
CHARGESDUETOTHEMALFUNCTIONOFAPRODUCT).THIS  
WARRANTYDOESNOTCOVERPRODUCTSSOLDASIS” ORWITHALL  
FAULTS”. SANYOMAKESNOOTHEREXPRESSWARRANTYWITH  
RESPECTTOTHEPRODUCTS.THEDURATIONOFIMPLIED  
WARRANTIES, INCLUDINGIMPLIEDWARRANTIESOF  
MERCHANTABILITYANDFITNESSFORAPARTICULARPURPOSEIS  
LIMITEDTOTHEDURATIONOFTHISEXPRESSWARRANTY.  
Section 4B:Warranty  
265  
Some States do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or  
consequential damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied  
warranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.  
This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have  
other rights which vary from State to State.  
To obtain warranty service, contact  
SANYO Fisher Company  
Attention : Customer Services forWireless Products  
Phone : 866-SANYOWC (866-726-9692)  
Copyright ©2006ACCESSSystemsAmericaInc. ACCESS, NetFront areregisteredtrademarksor  
trademarksownedbyACCESSCo., Ltd. inJapanandselectedcountriesworldwide. NetFront isa  
registeredtrademarkofNetFrontCommunications, Inc. intheUnitedStatesandisusedundera  
license. Portionsofthissoftwarearebasedinpart ontheworkoftheIndependent JPEGGroup.  
Copyright©2006InnoPathSoftware. Allrightsreserved.  
©2006SprintNextel. Allrightsreserved. SPRINT, theGoingForwardlogo, andothertrademarks  
aretrademarksofSprint Nextel. SanyoisaregisteredtrademarkofSanyoElectricCo., Ltd.  
266  
Section 4B:Warranty  
SavingaPhoneNumber  
From 102  
Index  
CallWaiting 243  
CallerID 242  
A
AbbreviatedDialing 38, 77  
AirplaneMode 67  
AlarmClock 125  
Alert Notification 52, 66, 202  
Animation 55  
AnsweringCalls 28  
AnykeyAnswer 73  
AreaNameDisplay 58  
Auto-AnswerMode 73  
AutomaticSpeech  
Camera 152-179  
ClockDisplay 56  
Contacts 104-115  
AddingPhoneNumber  
110  
AddinganEntry 105  
DialingFrom 39  
EditinganEntry 110  
EntryOptions 109  
FindingEntries 107  
CountdownTimer 127  
Recognition(ASR) 137-143  
B
D
Backlight 54  
Battery 21-23  
Capacity 21  
Charging 23  
Installing 22  
Bluetooth 216-226  
DataRoamGuard 97  
DialingOptions 27  
DisplayLanguage 73  
DisplayScreen 15  
DisplaySettings 54  
E
C
EnteringText 41-45  
Alphabet Mode 45  
Emoticons 41  
Numbers 42  
Preset Messages 63  
Select Language 42  
Symbols 41  
Calculator 128  
Calendar 117-124  
CallAlarm 123  
CallForwarding 245  
CallGuard 96  
CallHistory 98-103  
Erasing 103  
MakingaCallFrom 101  
PrependingaPhone  
Number 103  
T9Word 43  
Index  
267  
 
F
P
FileManager 130  
Phone(Illus.) 11  
PhoneNumber  
Displaying 25  
Finding 37  
Saving 36  
K
KeyFunctions 12  
KeyPressEcho 50  
WithPauses 37  
L
PhoneSettings 46-78  
AirplaneMode 67  
Auto-AnswerMode 73  
DisplaySettings 54-60  
LocationSettings 61  
MessagingSettings 62-66  
Shortcut 72, 76  
SoundSettings 47-53  
TTYUse 68-69  
PictBridge 178  
Location 61  
LockCode 81  
Changing 81  
LockingYourPhone 80  
M
MakingCalls 26  
MediaPlayer 205-215  
ChannelListing 207  
ChannelOptions 206  
FAQs 213  
Plus(+)CodeDialing 39  
Preset Messages 63, 240  
PlayingVideoandAudio  
Clips 208  
Playlists 210-211  
Menu iv-xi  
MenuStyle 58  
Messaging  
Preset Messages 63  
SettingAlerts 52  
Signature 64  
R
ReadyLink-SeeSprint PCS  
ReadyLink  
ResettingYourPhone 87, 89  
RestrictingCalls 83  
RingerTypes 47  
Roaming 92-97  
SettingRoamMode 95  
MyContent  
Erasing 85  
MyFavorites 72  
268  
Index  
S
Sprint PCSService  
Account Passwords 5  
DialingSprint PCSServices  
115  
OperatorServices 8  
SettingUp 2-8  
SafetyInformation 252-262  
SavingaPhoneNumber 36  
ScreenCall 149  
Security 79-91  
SecurityMenu 80  
SilenceAll 53  
Sprint 411 7  
Sprint PCSVoiceCommand  
246-250  
SleepMode 60  
SMSText Messaging  
237-239  
SMSVoiceMessaging  
241-242  
SpecialNumbers 84  
SpeedDialing 40  
AssigningNumbers  
111, 199  
SprintCustomerService 6  
Sprint PCSPictureMail  
DownloadingPictures  
176  
AddressBook 248  
MakingaCall 249  
StopWatch 126  
StoringPicturesandVideos  
168  
T
T9Text Input 43  
TakingPictures 153-162  
Text Greeting 54  
Three-WayCalling 244  
ToDoList 124  
TTYUse 68  
TurningYourPhoneOnand  
Off 20  
Password 155  
Sending 171-173  
UploadingPictures and  
Videos 175  
WebSite 174  
U
Sprint PCSReadyLink  
180-204  
UnlockingYourPhone 81  
UpdatingYourPhone 128  
ErasingEntries 197  
MakingaCall 184-187  
ReadyLinkContacts 183  
ReadyLinkMode 181  
ReceivingaCall 189  
Settings 199  
UpdatingReadyLinkLists  
199  
Index  
269  
V
Videos  
Options 165  
Recording 163  
Sending 171  
Storing 168  
Settings 166  
VoiceRecorder 144-148  
CallMemo 147-148  
VoiceMemos 144-147  
VoiceServices 134-151  
Voice-ActivatedDialing  
135-136  
Voicemail  
MenuKey 235  
Options 232  
Retrieving 231  
SettingUp 4, 229  
WhileRoaming 94  
Volume 51  
W
Warranty 263  
Welcome i  
WirelessBackup 70-71  
WorldClock 127  
270  
Index  
Notes  
___________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________  
___________________________________________________  
Table of Contents  
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5  
Your User Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5  
Launching a Data Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6  
Net Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7  
Data Connection Status and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8  
Navigating the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9  
Sprint PCS® Picture Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11  
Taking Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12  
Creating Your Sprint PCS Picture Mail Password . . . . . . . . 13  
Recording Videos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14  
Sharing Sprint PCS Picture Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15  
Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
Message Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
Accessing Sprint PCS Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18  
Accessing Additional Email Providers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
Accessing Sprint Instant Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20  
Accessing Wireless Chatrooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20  
Sprint TVSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22  
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24  
The Sprint Music StoreSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25  
Purchasing and Downloading Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26  
Playing Music From the Sprint Music Store . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27  
Backing Up Your Downloaded Music Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28  
SIRIUS MUSIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29  
Streaming Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30  
Downloading Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31  
Accessing the Download Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32  
Selecting an Item to Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32  
Downloading an Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33  
Using My Content Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34  
Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36  
Purchasing and Downloading Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37  
Playing Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37  
Ringers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38  
Purchasing and Downloading Ringers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39  
Assigning Downloaded Ringers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39  
Screen Savers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40  
Purchasing and Downloading Screen Savers . . . . . . . . . . . . 41  
Assigning Downloaded Screen Savers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41  
Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42  
Using the Browser Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43  
On Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47  
Initializing Your On Demand Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48  
Accessing On Demand Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48  
Updating On Demand Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49  
Phone as Modem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51  
Setting Up a Data Connection With Your PC . . . . . . . . . . . . 52  
Themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54  
Downloading Themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55  
Applying Themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55  
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57  
Welcome to the next generation in wireless  
service.  
This guide introduces you to all the advantages of the  
Sprint Power VisionSM Network.  
The Sprint Power Vision Network  
gives you more choice and  
flexibility, so you can make the  
most of your wireless service.  
Enjoy the network that gives you  
the power to watch live Mobile  
Digital TV (MDTV), instantly  
download songs to your phone,  
play multiplayer games, and more,  
with always on broadband-like  
speeds, right in the palm of your  
hand. Watch, listen, play, and do at  
the speed of life.  
The Sprint Power Vision Network not only offers new  
and exciting services such as Sprint TVSM, t h e S p r i n t  
Music StoreSM, downloadable Themes, On Demand  
personalized data services, and Phone as Modem  
capability, it also enhances your existing data services  
with increased, broadband-like speed and clearer,  
high-quality visuals and sound. Whatever you want to  
do, now the answer is yes you can.  
1
Here are some of the exciting features available with your  
Sprint Power Vision service.  
Sprint PCS® Picture Mail  
Shoot and send high-quality pictures and video clips faster  
than ever with your Sprint Power Vision phone.  
Messaging  
Send and receive IM or email in a flash. Converse without  
talking by joining a Web-based chat room. Exchange  
information on a chosen topic or read conversations that  
others have posted. Even launch a one-on-one chat for a more  
in-depth conversation.  
Sprint TVSM  
Watch live Mobile Digital TV (MDTV) on the go with full-  
motion video and vivid sound. Use your phone to watch  
news, sports, weather, movie trailers, and entertainment  
channels. So now you can watch TV whenever you want  
because it’s always with you on your wireless phone.  
Music  
SPRINT MUSIC STORESM  
Wirelessly download full stereo-quality, digital tracks directly  
to your phone. Choose from hundreds of thousands of songs  
from virtually every genre. Select songs directly from your  
wireless phone and listen to them wherever you go.  
SIRIUS MUSIC  
Listen to the best in music with SIRIUS Music – enjoy content  
from SIRIUS Hits 1 or choose from their many individual  
premium channels. It’s easy to use and it’s built right into  
your wireless phone so it’s always with you, wherever you go.  
2
STREAMING MUSIC  
Stream music to your phone with Music Choice®.  
Choose from rock, pop, hip-hop, R&B, and more. Plus,  
get exclusive video clips, performances, and interviews  
from your favorite artists.  
Games  
Download and play entertaining, interactive games  
that you’ll want to play all the time. With hundreds of  
games to choose from, you’ll find the games just right  
for you.  
Ringers  
Personalize your phone by downloading and assigning  
different ringers to numbers in your phone’s Contacts list.  
Screen Savers  
Add unique images to your phone screen or assign  
specific images to numbers in your phone’s Contacts list.  
Web Browsing  
Browse Web sites or download applications at high  
speeds, making it easier than ever to stay informed on  
the go.  
On Demand  
Set and then receive customized, up-to-date  
information on sports, weather, news, money, and  
more, on demand – the way you want it. It’s easy and  
convenient to set preferences for the information you  
choose to receive.  
3
Phone as Modem  
Your Sprint Power Vision phone can be a high-speed Internet  
connection for your laptop computer anywhere on the Sprint  
Power Vision Network. Simply connect your Power Vision  
phone using a USB cable or the built-in connection on  
Bluetooth-enabled phones.  
Themes  
Express your personal style and interests with downloadable  
themes that transform your phone’s appearance and  
features.  
For the latest information about the Sprint Power  
Vision Network and features, please visit us online at  
Note:  
4
Getting Started  
With your Sprint PCS service, you are ready to start  
enjoying the advantages of the Sprint Power Vision  
Network. This section will help you learn the basics of  
using your data services, including managing your user  
name, launching a Vision connection, and navigating  
the Web with your phone.  
Your User Name  
When you buy your phone and sign up for service,  
you’re automatically assigned a user name, which is  
typically based on your name and a number, followed  
by “@sprint.com.” (For example, the third John Smith  
to sign up for the Sprint Power Vision Network might  
have jsmith003@sprint.com as his user name.)  
When you use data services, your user name is  
submitted to identify you to the Nationwide Sprint PCS  
Network. The user name is also useful as an address for  
Sprint PCS Mail, as a way to personalize Web services,  
and as an online virtual identity.  
Your user name will be automatically programmed into  
your phone. You don’t have to enter it.  
Finding Your User Name  
If you aren’t sure what your user name is, you can easily  
find it online or on your phone.  
To find your user name:  
At www.sprint.com. Sign on to your account using  
your phone number and password. To display your  
user name, click on the My Personal Information  
menu, and then click on PCS Vision User Name.  
5
On your phone. You can find your user name under  
the Phone Info option in your phone’s Settings menu  
(
> Settings > Phone Info > Phone#/User ID).  
Launching a Data Connection  
To launch a data connection:  
Select  
>Web. (Your data connection will start and the  
Sprint Power Vision home page will be displayed.)  
The Sprint Power Vision Home Page  
If Net Guard is enabled and displayed (see page 7),  
select OK (left softkey) to continue and launch the Web.  
Note:  
While connecting, the following message will be displayed on  
the screen: Connecting... Please wait.  
If you had a previous connection, the last page you visited will  
be displayed when you launch your browser. When this  
occurs, you may not see the “Connecting...” message when  
you launch the session. Though the browser is open, you are  
6
not currently in an active data session — that is, no  
data is being sent or received. As soon as you navigate  
to another page, the active session will start and you  
will see the “Connecting...” message.  
Net Guard  
When you first connect to the Web, the Net Guard will  
be displayed to confirm that you want to connect. This  
feature helps you avoid accidental connections. You can  
disable the Net Guard in the future by selecting Always  
Auto-Connect when the Net Guard is displayed.  
To change your Net Guard settings:  
Select  
> Settings > Power Vision > Net Guard.  
Select On to activate the Net Guard.  
Select Off to deactivate the Net Guard.  
When enabled, the Net Guard is displayed only once per  
session. The Net Guard will not be displayed if the  
phone is merely reconnecting because of a time-out.  
Note:  
7
Data Connection Status and Indicators  
Your phone’s display lets you know the current status of  
your data connection through indicators which are displayed  
at the top of the screen. The following symbols are used:  
A Sprint PCS Vision connection is active (data is being  
transferred); the transmit/receive symbol will blink to  
indicate data transmission. Incoming voice calls go  
directly to voicemail; outgoing voice calls can be made,  
but the Sprint PCS Vision connection will terminate.  
A Sprint PCS Vision connection is dormant. (No data is  
being sent or received.) Though not currently active,  
when dormant the phone can restart an active  
connection quickly; voice calls can be made and  
received.  
Your phone is not currently able to access Sprint PCS  
Vision service features.  
A Sprint Power Vision connection is active (data is  
being transferred); the transmit/receive symbol will  
animate to indicate data transmission. Incoming voice  
calls go directly to voicemail; outgoing voice calls can  
be made, but the Sprint Power Vision connection will  
terminate.  
A Sprint Power Vision connection is available, but no  
data is currently being transferred.  
Your Sprint Power Vision service is dormant. (No data is  
being sent or received.)  
If no indicator is displayed, your phone does not have a  
current data connection. To launch a connection, see  
“Launching a Data Connection” on page 6.  
8
Navigating the Web  
Navigating through menus and Web sites during a data  
session is easy once you’ve learned a few basics. Here  
are some tips for getting around:  
Softkeys  
During a data session, the bottom line of your phone’s  
display contains one or more softkeys. These keys are  
shortcut controls for navigating around the Web, and  
they correspond to the softkey buttons directly below  
the phone’s display screen.  
Depending on which Web sites you visit, the labels on  
the softkeys may change to indicate their function.  
Tip:  
To use softkeys:  
Press the desired softkey button. (If an additional  
pop-up menu is displayed when you press the  
softkey button, select the menu items using your  
keypad [if they’re numbered], or by highlighting  
the option and pressing  
.)  
Scrolling  
As with other parts of your phone’s menu, you’ll have  
to scroll up and down to see everything on some Web  
sites.  
To scroll line by line through Web sites:  
Press the navigation key up and down.  
To scroll page by page through Web sites:  
Press the volume buttons on the side of the  
phone.  
9
Selecting  
Once you’ve learned how to use softkeys and scroll, you can  
start navigating the Web.  
To select onscreen items:  
Use the navigation key to highlight the desired  
item, and then press the desired softkey button (or  
press  
).  
You’ll find that the left softkey is used primarily for  
selecting items. This softkey is often labeled “Go.”  
Tip:  
If the items on a page are numbered, you can use your  
keypad (number keys) to select an item.  
Links, which are displayed as underlined text, allow you to jump  
to Web pages, select special functions, or even place phone calls.  
To select links:  
Highlight the link and press the appropriate softkey.  
Going Back  
To go back one page:  
Press the  
key on your phone.  
The  
key is also used for deleting text (like a  
Note:  
BACKSPACE key) when you are entering text.  
Going Home  
To return to the home page from any other Web page:  
Press and hold  
– or –  
.
Select Menu (right softkey) > Home.  
10  
Sprint PCS Picture Mail  
With Sprint PCS Picture Mail, you can instantly shoot,  
share, and print sharp, high-resolution digital pictures  
and take and send short video clips with your phone.  
Use your phone to take full-color digital pictures or  
video clips with sound. Then either store the pictures  
and videos or send them from your phone to email  
addresses or other compatible phones. It’s that easy.  
Archive your pictures and videos at www.sprint.com/  
picturemail and take advantage of the Web site’s  
advanced features, which let you crop pictures, organize  
your own albums, share your pictures and videos, order  
prints, and more.  
Your phone’s camera and camcorder settings and menu  
options may differ from those outlined in this guide.  
Please refer to your phone’s user guide for details.  
Note:  
11  
Taking Pictures  
Taking pictures with your phone is as simple as choosing a  
subject, pointing the lens, and pressing a button. For details on  
how to use all the camera features of your phone, please see  
your phone’s user guide.  
To take a picture:  
1. From the phone’s main menu, select Pictures > Camera to  
activate Camera mode.  
2. Using the phone’s main LCD as a viewfinder, aim the  
camera lens at your subject.  
3. Press the Camera button to take the picture.  
4. Press Save to save the picture. (You will see “Saving” and  
the picture will be displayed.)  
5. Press Next to display picture options, or press the  
Camera button to return to Camera mode to take  
another picture.  
For more details about taking and saving pictures,  
please refer to your phone’s user guide.  
Note:  
12  
Creating Your Sprint PCS Picture Mail Password  
The first time you attempt to upload or share pictures  
or use the Picture Mail Web site, you will need to  
establish a Picture Mail password through your phone.  
This password will also allow you to sign on to the  
Picture Mail Web site at www.sprint.com/picturemail,  
where you can access and manage your uploaded  
pictures.  
To create your Picture Mail password:  
1. When prompted, enter your four-digit password  
using numbers or letters and press  
.
Write down your Picture Mail password in a secure  
place.  
Tip:  
2. Please wait while the system creates your  
account.  
Once you have received confirmation that your account  
has been successfully registered, you may upload and  
share pictures and access the Picture Mail Web site.  
13  
Recording Videos  
Recording videos with your phone is as simple as taking a  
picture. For details on how to use all the video features of  
your phone, please see your phone’s user guide.  
To record a video:  
1. From the phone’s main menu, select Pictures >  
Camcorder to activate Video mode.  
2. Using the phone’s main LCD as a viewfinder, aim the  
camera lens at your subject.  
3. Press the Camera button to begin recording the video.  
4. Press the Camera button again (or press Stop) to stop  
recording. (The video will automatically be saved in the  
In Phone folder.)  
5. Select an option to continue.  
Press Play (left softkey) to play the video.  
Press Next (right softkey) for additional video  
options (including Take New Video, Play,  
Send to Contacts, Post to Services, Upload, Review Media,  
Send via Bluetooth, Set as, Delete, and Details/Edit).  
Press the Camera button to return to Video mode  
and take another video.  
14  
Sharing Sprint PCS Picture Mail  
Once you’ve taken a picture or a video, you can  
instantly share it with family and friends. You can send  
pictures and videos to their email addresses or to their  
messaging-ready phones.  
To share Sprint PCS Picture Mail from your phone:  
1. From the main menu, select Pictures > My Albums  
> In Phone.  
2. Select the pictures or videos you want to send,  
and then select Options > Send to Contacts. (A  
message may be displayed.)  
The first time you send a picture or video, you will  
be prompted to establish a Sprint PCS Picture Mail  
Web site account and password. (See “Creating Your  
Sprint PCS Picture Mail Password” on page 13.)  
Note:  
3. Select a recipient from your Contacts list or enter  
a wireless phone number or email address.  
4. Select Next when you have finished selecting or  
entering recipients.  
5. Select the desired options to include a text  
message or a voice recording, or to set the  
message priority.  
6. Confirm your recipients, message, voice  
recording, and picture or video.  
7. Press the appropriate softkey to send your picture  
mail.  
See your phone’s user guide for additional details.  
Note:  
15  
You can also send pictures and videos from your phone’s  
Messaging menu.  
To share Sprint PCS Picture Mail from Messaging:  
1. From the main menu, select Messaging > Send Message >  
Picture Mail.  
2. Select an option to enter or select recipients for your  
picture mail.  
3. Select Next when you have finished selecting or  
entering recipients.  
4. Select a location from which to select pictures or videos  
to send (In Phone or Online Albums).  
5. Select the pictures or videos you want to send, and then  
select Next.  
6. Complete steps 5–7 under “To share Sprint PCS Picture  
Mail from your phone:” on page 15.  
To take and send a new picture or video, select Take New  
Picture or Take New Video during step 4 above.  
Tip:  
To learn more about Sprint PCS Picture Mail, visit  
www.sprint.com or go to the Sprint PCS Picture Mail Web  
16  
Messaging  
You can send and receive emails and text messages  
and participate in Web-based chatrooms right from  
your phone. Messaging allows you to stay connected to  
friends, family, and coworkers 24 hours a day anywhere  
on the Nationwide Sprint PCS Network.  
Message Types  
There are many types of text messaging available on  
your phone. These include SMS Text Messaging, Sprint  
Instant Messaging, Email, and Chat.  
17  
Accessing Sprint PCS Mail  
Sprint PCS Mail allows you to perform many of the typical  
email functions from your phone that you can from your  
personal computer. You can manage your Sprint PCS Mail  
account from your phone or from your personal computer at  
To access Sprint PCS Mail from your phone:  
1. Select  
> Messaging > IM & Email > PCS Mail.  
(The browser will start and go to the PCS Mail page. If  
you’re a first-time user, you will be prompted to set up  
your Sprint PCS Mail account by establishing a user  
name and password.)  
2. Select the folder you wish to view, such as Inbox or  
Compose.  
For information and instructions about reading, replying to,  
and composing Sprint PCS Mail, please visit www.sprint.com.  
18  
Accessing Additional Email Providers  
With Sprint Power Vision, you can use popular email  
services such as AOL® Mail, Yahoo!® Mail, MSN®  
Hotmail, and EarthLink® to keep in touch, even while  
you’re on the go.  
To access email providers from your phone:  
1. Select  
> Messaging > IM & Email.  
2. Select an email provider, such as AOL, MSN,  
Yahoo!, or Earthlink. (The browser will start and go  
to the appropriate messaging page. )  
3. Use your keypad to enter the required sign-in  
information for the selected provider, such as  
user name, email address, or password, and select  
Sign In. (Your mailbox for the selected provider  
will be displayed.)  
The information required to sign in will vary depending  
on the email provider you are accessing.  
Note:  
4. Follow the onscreen instructions to read, reply to,  
compose, send, and manage messages in your  
email account.  
19  
Accessing Sprint Instant Messaging  
Sprint Power Vision also provides you with access to popular  
instant messaging (IM) clients, including AOL® Instant  
MessengerTM, MSN® Messenger, and Yahoo!® Messenger.  
To access instant messaging clients from your phone:  
1. Select  
> Web. (The browser will start and display the  
home page.)  
2. From the home page, select Messaging > Instant  
Messaging.  
3. Select an IM provider, such as AOL Instant Messenger,  
MSN Messenger, or Yahoo! Messenger.  
4. Use your keypad to enter the required sign-in information  
for the selected provider, such as user name or password,  
and select Sign In. (Your IM screen for the selected provider  
will be displayed.)  
The information required to sign in will vary depending  
on the instant messaging provider you are using.  
Note:  
5. Follow the onscreen instructions to read, reply to,  
compose, send, and manage messages in your IM account.  
Accessing Wireless Chatrooms  
Sprint Power Vision gives you the ability to join wireless  
chatrooms from your phone.  
To access Wireless Chat from your phone:  
1. Select  
> Messaging > Chat & Dating. (The browser will  
start and display the Chat & Dating menu.)  
2. Select Jumbuck Chat & Flirting.  
3. Highlight a category (Fast Flirting or Power Chat) and  
press Go.  
20  
4. Select Enter. You will see a disclaimer for Wireless  
Chat. Select I Agree to enter the Chat menu.  
5. Use your keypad to enter a nickname and select  
Enter.  
6. Highlight a chat room from the menu (for  
example, Singles, Over 20s, or Flirts) and press Go.  
Once in the chat room, you may scroll through the  
postings to read messages from other chat room  
participants. To update the displayed messages,  
select Manual refresh.  
To post a message:  
1. Select Add Text.  
2. Enter your message. Use your right softkey to  
select a text entry mode.  
3. Select Send.  
To set up a private chat room:  
1. Select 1->1.  
2. Select a participant with whom youd like to  
launch a private chat room. A message will be  
sent to the person’s chat screen (or to yours if  
someone is requesting a private chat with you):  
[Nickname] requested a 1->1. Do u accept? Yes No  
If the invited party accepts, a private chat room will  
open.  
To exit a chat room:  
Select Leave Room.  
Accessing Wireless Chat Help  
To read a brief overview of how to use Wireless Chat  
and a list of common softkey abbreviations, just select  
Help from the Wireless Chat main menu.  
21  
Sprint TV  
With Sprint Power Vision, you can watch live TV on the go right  
on your wireless phone. Accessing your Sprint TV channels is  
as easy as using the remote control in your living room.  
Wherever you go on our wireless high-speed multimedia  
network, you can get more out of your Sprint TV service.  
22  
To access your phone’s Sprint TV channels:  
1. Select > Media Player > Channel Listing >  
Sprint TV.  
2. Select the channel you wish to watch, either  
from My Channels (a list of preview channels or  
channels to which you’ve already purchased  
access) or from Available Channels (a list of  
channels available for purchase).  
3. If applicable, select a clip and press  
to view  
the program.  
23  
Music  
The Sprint Power Vision Network lets you use your phone as a  
portable personal jukebox. From the Sprint Music Store to a  
variety of streaming music options, you’re bound to find the  
music you want, when you want it.  
24  
The Sprint Music Store  
The Sprint Music Store enables you to purchase and  
download digital music files to play on your phone or PC.  
Accessing the Sprint Music Store  
You can access the Sprint Music Store right from your  
phone’s main menu, anywhere on the Nationwide  
Sprint PCS Network. When you enter the store for the  
first time, you will be prompted to set up your user  
identification and password.  
To access the Sprint Music Store:  
1. Select  
> Music.  
2. Follow the onscreen instructions to establish your  
User ID and password.  
Your User ID for the Sprint Music Store is your 10-digit  
wireless phone number. The password may be any  
4-digit number. The recommended password is the last  
four digits of your Social Security number.  
Tip:  
3. Use your keypad and navigation key to explore  
the store.  
25  
Purchasing and Downloading Music  
Now that you’re in the store, you can shop for songs to  
purchase and download to your phone.  
To find and download music files from the Sprint Music Store:  
1. From the Sprint Music Store opening page, select an  
option to browse the store:  
Featured Music offers a revolving selection of  
highlighted songs and artists.  
Categories allows you to choose from categories such  
as What’s Hot and New Releases, and to browse  
genres.  
Search gives you the option of searching for specific  
songs or artists. Just use your keypad to enter your  
search criteria in the available field.  
2. Highlight the song you want and press  
. (The song  
information screen will be displayed.)  
3. Select an option and press  
:
Preview to play an audio clip of the selected song.  
Buy Song to purchase the song and download it to  
your phone.  
 When you select Buy Song, the file will  
automatically download to your phone. (If there  
is not enough free memory space on your phone,  
you will see an alert.)  
 Once the song has been downloaded to  
your phone, you will see options allowing  
you to listen to the song, add it to a playlist,  
or continue shopping. You can also visit  
purchases to your PC.  
26  
Playing Music From the Sprint Music Store  
The Sprint Music Store not only gives you access to  
great music, it also gives you a place to listen to and  
organize your music library.  
Accessing the Music Player  
1. From the Sprint Music Store opening page, use  
your right navigation key to select the Player tab.  
2. From the Player display, select an option:  
All My Music to browse through all of your  
downloaded music.  
<playlist> to select a customized playlist  
you’ve created to organize your music.  
Create Playlist... to set up a custom playlist of  
songs you like to hear together. Follow the  
onscreen instructions to create a name for the  
playlist, select songs by artist, genre, and title,  
and create an order for the playlist.  
3. Once you’ve displayed a list of songs, you can  
browse through your available titles by Song,  
Artist, or Genre to select a specific song.  
To play a song, select it and press  
To listen to a playlist, select it and press  
open the playlist, then press again to  
.
to  
begin playing from the selected song. (You  
can also highlight the playlist and use the  
softkey menu to begin listening.)  
27  
Backing Up Your Downloaded Music Files  
When you purchase and download a music file from the  
Sprint Music Store, you get two versions of the song: one to  
download and play on your phone (file type: AAC+), and  
another to download from http://musicstore.sprint.com and play  
on your PC (file type: WMA). The AAC+ files downloaded to  
your phone can only be played on your phone and on your  
account, and once they have been downloaded, they cannot  
be downloaded again without being repurchased.  
Sprint recommends you back up your AAC+ music files to  
your PC so you can access the files in case your phone is lost  
or damaged.  
To back up your downloaded music files:  
1. Connect your phone using a USB cable or the built-in  
connection on Bluetooth-enabled phones.  
2. Use your PC to navigate to the phone’s Music folder.  
3. Select and copy the music files to a folder on your PC’s  
hard drive.  
Although you can store AAC+ files on your PC, they  
will only be playable on your phone and on your  
account.  
Note:  
28  
SIRIUS MUSIC  
SIRIUS MUSIC channels offer a variety of great,  
commercial-free music that you can access directly  
from your phone.  
To access SIRIUS MUSIC on your phone:  
1. Select  
> Media Player > Channel Listing >  
Music & Radio > SIRIUS MUSIC.  
2. Select Preview to see and hear a preview of the  
SIRIUS MUSIC service.  
– or –  
Select Buy to purchase a monthly subscription to  
SIRIUS MUSIC.  
Once you have purchased access to the SIRIUS MUSIC  
service, you can listen to your favorite music from  
stations such as:  
SIRIUS Hits 1: Today’s Top 40 Hits.  
The Pulse: Pop and Rock from the ’90s to now.  
’60s Vibrations: The musical revolution of the ’60s  
and early ’70s.  
Totally ’70s: The most popular music from the ’70s.  
Big ’80s: The hit music of the ’80s.  
Vinyl: Classic rock of the ’60s and ’70s.  
Hair Nation: Glam rock from the ’80s.  
First Wave: The ’80s Alt-rock revolution.  
Soul Town: Classic soul hits.  
Heart & Soul: The R&B hits from the ’80s, ’90s, and  
today.  
New Country: Today’s hottest country hits.  
29  
Prime Country: Country music superstars of yesterday and  
today.  
Jazz Café: Smooth jazz instrumentals and vocals.  
SIRIUS Blues: Authentic blues music, from past to present.  
Broadway’s Best: Songs from Broadway’s most popular  
shows.  
The Beat: Today’s biggest dance hits and remixes.  
Area33: Trance and progressive house dance music.  
SIRIUS INTERVIEWS: Interviews and performances of  
favorite artists.  
Streaming Music  
In addition to the Sprint Music Store and the SIRIUS Music  
channels, Sprint Power Vision offers a variety of musical  
options through the Music & Radio menu. Choose from rock,  
pop, hip-hop, and R&B, and access exclusive video clips, music  
industry news, performances, and interviews with your  
favorite artists.  
To access additional Music & Radio options on your phone:  
1. Select  
> Media Player > Channel Listing > Music & Radio  
> [selection].  
2. Select Preview to see and hear a preview of your  
selected channel (if available).  
– or –  
Select Buy to purchase a monthly subscription to your  
selected channel.  
Once you have purchased access to a music or radio channel,  
you can select from a variety of stations to listen to your  
favorite music or get caught up on what’s new in music.  
30  
Downloading Content  
With the Sprint Power Vision Network, you have access  
to a dynamic variety of Premium Service content, such  
as downloadable Games, Ringers, Screen Savers, and  
other applications. (Additional charges may apply.) The  
basic steps required to access and download Premium  
Service content are outlined on the following pages.  
31  
Accessing the Download Menus  
To access the download menus:  
1. Select  
> My Content.  
2. Select the type of file you wish to download (Games,  
Themes, Ringers, Screen Savers, Applications, or IM &  
Email), and then select Get New. (The browser will start  
and take you to the corresponding download menu.)  
To access the download menus from the Web browser:  
1. From the home page, select Downloads.  
2. Select Games, Ringers, Screen Savers, or Applications to go  
to the corresponding download menu.  
Selecting an Item to Download  
You can search for available items to download in a number  
of ways:  
Featured displays a rotating selection of featured items.  
Categories allows you to narrow your search to a general  
category, such as Country or Pop/Rock for Ringers or For  
the Ladies for Screen Savers. (There may be several pages  
of available content in a list. Select Next 9 to view  
additional items.)  
Search allows you to use your keypad to enter search  
criteria to locate an item. You may enter an entire word or  
title or perform a partial-word search.  
32  
Downloading an Item  
Once you’ve selected an item you wish to download,  
highlight it and press Go (left softkey). You will see a  
summary page for the item including its title, the vendor,  
the download details, the file size, and the cost. Links allow  
you to view the License Details page, which outlines the  
price, license type, and length of license for the download;  
and the Terms of Use page, which details the Premium  
Services Terms of Use and your responsibility for payment.  
To download a selected item:  
1. From the information page, select Buy. (The item  
will download automatically. When the New  
Download screen is displayed, the item has been  
successfully downloaded to your phone.)  
If you have not previously purchased an item, you will  
be prompted to create your purchasing profile.  
Note:  
2. Select an option to continue:  
Select the appropriate option to assign the  
downloaded item (or to start, in the case of a  
game or an application). Your data session  
will end, and you will be redirected to the  
appropriate phone menu screen.  
Select Set as to assign a ringer or screen saver  
to a phone function.  
Select Settings to configure downloaded  
games or applications.  
Select Shop to browse for other items to  
download.  
Press  
to quit the browser and return to  
standby mode.  
33  
Using My Content Manager  
Whether you purchase your Premium Services content from  
your phone or from your online account management page at  
www.sprint.com, all of your purchases are stored in My Content  
Manager and may be downloaded to your phone from there.  
My Content Manager is a storage area on the Nationwide  
Sprint PCS Network that is assigned specifically to your  
account. It allows you to store all your Premium Service  
downloadable files. The files remain in My Content Manager  
until their license terms have expired – even after you have  
downloaded the content to your phone. This provides you  
with a convenient place to access information about your  
downloaded files without having to store the information in  
your phone’s memory.  
To access My Content Manager:  
From the home page, select Downloads > My Content  
Manager. (A list of your purchased items will be  
displayed.)  
To download purchased content from My Content Manager:  
1. From the My Content Manager display (see above),  
highlight the item you wish to download, and  
press  
. (The information page for the selected item  
will be displayed.)  
2. Highlight Download, and press  
. (The item will  
download automatically. When the New Download  
screen is displayed, the item has been successfully  
downloaded to your phone.)  
34  
3. Select an option to continue:  
Select the appropriate option to assign the  
downloaded item (or to start, in the case of a  
game or an application). Your data session  
will end, and you will be redirected to the  
appropriate phone menu screen.  
Select Set as to assign a ringer or screen saver  
to a phone function.  
Select Settings to configure downloaded  
games or applications.  
Select Shop to browse for other items to  
download.  
Press  
to quit the browser and return to  
standby mode.  
You can also access My Content Manager through the  
Tip:  
phone’s main menu. Select  
> My Content > [Games,  
Themes, Ringers, Screen Savers, Applications, or IM & Email]  
> My Content Manager. The browser will open and take  
you to the corresponding content.  
35  
Games  
Sprint has partnered with the most cutting-edge electronic  
gaming providers to bring you a realistic and exciting gaming  
experience. Advanced Sprint Power Vision phones with full-  
color screens, vibration, multi-chord sound, and sophisticated  
graphics make games from SEGA®, JAMDAT®, NAMCO®,  
THQ®, and Mobliss® more vivid than ever.  
36  
Purchasing and Downloading Games  
For complete instructions on downloading, see  
“Downloading Content” on page 31.  
Tip:  
To purchase and download games for your phone:  
1. From the home page, select Downloads > Games.  
2. Use your navigation key to select a game you wish  
to download, or use the Categories or Search  
options to locate a game. (Once you have selected  
an item, the game detail page is displayed.)  
3. From the game detail page, select Buy. (The game  
will download automatically. When the New  
Download screen appears, the game has been  
successfully downloaded to your phone.)  
Playing Games  
To play a downloaded game on your phone:  
1. From your phone’s main menu, select My Content  
> Games.  
2. Select the game you wish to play. (If applicable, a  
prompt will display the days remaining on the game  
license and ask if you want to continue. Select Yes.)  
3. Follow the onscreen instructions to play the  
game. (Instructions and game options can usually  
be accessed using your phone’s softkey buttons.)  
4. When you are finished, select Exit (or Quit) or  
press  
. (A prompt will be displayed: “Resume  
the Application?”)  
5. Select Yes to continue playing or No to exit.  
37  
Ringers  
With the Sprint Power Vision Network, you can personalize  
your wireless experience by downloading unique ringers and  
assigning them to numbers in your Contacts list. Select from  
thousands of available ringers – including your favorite tunes  
and celebrity voice ringers – and download them to your  
phone.  
38  
Purchasing and Downloading Ringers  
For complete instructions on downloading, see  
“Downloading Content” on page 31.  
Tip:  
To purchase and download ringers for your phone:  
1. From the home page, select Downloads > Ringers.  
2. Use your navigation key to highlight and select a  
ringer you wish to download, or use the  
Categories or Search options to locate a ringer.  
(Once you have selected a ringer, the ringer detail  
page is displayed.)  
3. From the ringer detail page, select Buy. (The ringer  
will automatically be downloaded to your phone.)  
4. Select an option to continue:  
Select Listen to play the ringer.  
Select Set as to quit your data session and  
assign the ringer to a phone task.  
Select Shop to browse for other ringers to  
purchase and download.  
Press  
to quit the browser and return to  
standby mode.  
Assigning Downloaded Ringers  
To assign downloaded ringers to specific events, such  
as incoming Caller ID calls or voicemail notifications, or  
to associate downloaded ringers to specific callers in  
your phone’s Contacts list, refer to your phone’s user  
guide.  
39  
Screen Savers  
With the Sprint Power Vision Network, you can personalize  
your wireless experience by downloading and assigning  
unique images for screen savers or to entries in your phone’s  
Contacts list.  
40  
Purchasing and Downloading Screen Savers  
For complete instructions on downloading, see  
“Downloading Content” on page 31.  
Tip:  
To purchase and download screen savers for your phone:  
1. From the home page, select Downloads >  
Screen Savers.  
2. Use your navigation key to highlight and select a  
screen saver you wish to download, or use the  
Categories or Search options to locate a screen  
saver. (Once you have selected a screen saver, the  
screen saver detail page is displayed.)  
3. From the screen saver detail page, select Buy. (The  
screen saver will automatically be downloaded to  
your phone.)  
4. Select an option to continue:  
Select View to see your screen saver.  
Select Set as to quit your data session and  
assign the screen saver to a phone task.  
Select Shop to browse for other screen savers  
to purchase and download.  
Press  
to quit the browser and return to  
standby mode.  
Assigning Downloaded Screen Savers  
To assign downloaded screen savers to be displayed for  
specific events, or to assign downloaded screen savers  
to identify specific callers in your phone’s Contacts list,  
refer to your phone’s user guide.  
41  
Web  
With Web access on your phone, you can browse  
full-color graphic versions of your favorite Web sites, making  
it easier than ever to stay informed while on the go. Follow  
sports scores, breaking news, and weather, and shop on your  
phone anywhere on the Nationwide Sprint PCS Network.  
In addition to the features already covered in this guide, the  
home page offers access to colorful, graphically rich Web  
categories, including News, Weather, Entertainment, Sports,  
Money, Find It, and Portals, as well as useful management  
options including My Account and Search. Many sites are  
available under more than one menu – choose the one that’s  
most convenient for you.  
42  
Using the Browser Menu  
Navigating the Web from your phone using the home  
page is easy once you get the hang of it. For details on  
how to navigate the Web, select menu items, and  
more, see “Navigating the Web” on page 9.  
Although the home page offers a broad and convenient  
array of sites and services for you to browse, not all  
sites are represented, and certain functions, such as  
going directly to specific Web sites, are not available.  
For these and other functions, you will need to use the  
browser menu. The browser menu offers additional  
functionality to expand your use of the Web on your  
phone.  
Opening the Browser Menu  
The browser menu may be opened anytime you have  
an active data session, from any page you are viewing.  
To open the browser menu:  
Press the right softkey. (The browser menu will be  
displayed in a drop-down list.)  
Options available under the browser menu include:  
Home. Returns the browser to the home page.  
Forward. Returns you to a previously viewed page  
(after having used the BACK key).  
Mark this page. Allows you to create new bookmarks.  
View Bookmarks. Allows you to access bookmarked  
sites and manage your bookmarks.  
Search. Launches a Web search.  
Send Page. Allows you to send a URL you’re viewing  
through SMS Text Messaging.  
43  
Go to URL.... Allows you to navigate directly to a Web site  
by entering its URL (Web site address).  
History. Keeps a list of links to your most recently visited  
sites. To navigate to a site, highlight it and press  
, and  
then select Connect.  
Refresh this page. Reloads the current Web page.  
More.... Displays additional options:  
Show URL. Displays the URL (Web site address) of the  
page you’re currently viewing.  
Restart Browser. Refreshes the current browser  
session.  
Script Log. Allows you to display the script log.  
About Browser. Allows you to display your browser’s  
information.  
Preferences. Allows you to configure and manage  
your browser settings.  
Creating a Bookmark  
Bookmarks allow you to store the address of your favorite  
Web sites for easy access at a later time.  
To create a bookmark:  
1. Go to the Web page you want to mark.  
2. Press the right softkey to open the browser menu.  
3. Select Mark this Page and press  
twice to save the  
bookmark.  
Bookmarking a page does not store the page contents,  
just its address.  
Note:  
Some pages cannot be bookmarked. Whether a  
particular Web page may be marked is controlled by  
its creator.  
44  
Accessing a Bookmark  
To access a bookmark:  
1. Press the right softkey to open the browser menu.  
2. Select View Bookmarks.  
3. Scroll to highlight the bookmark youd like to  
access, and press OK to go to the Web site (or  
press the number corresponding to the bookmark  
you wish to access).  
Deleting a Bookmark  
To delete a bookmark:  
1. Press the right softkey to open the browser menu.  
2. Select View Bookmarks.  
3. Scroll to highlight the bookmark youd like to  
delete and press the right softkey.  
4. Select Delete. (A confirmation will be displayed.)  
5. Select Yes (right softkey) to remove the bookmark.  
Going to a Specific Web Site  
To go to a particular Web site by entering a URL (Web  
site address):  
1. Press the right softkey to open the browser menu.  
2. Select Go to URL....  
3. Select the URL field and press OK.  
4. Use your keypad to enter the URL of the Web site  
you wish to go to and press OK.  
Not all Web sites are viewable on your phone.  
Note:  
45  
Reloading a Web Page  
To reload (refresh) a Web page:  
1. Press the right softkey to open the browser menu.  
2. Select Refresh this page. (The browser will reload the  
current Web page.)  
Restarting the Web Browser  
If the Web browser seems to be malfunctioning or stops  
responding, you can usually fix the problem by simply  
restarting the browser.  
To restart the Web browser:  
1. Press the right softkey to open the browser menu.  
2. Select More... > Restart Browser.  
46  
On Demand  
With Sprint Power Vision’s exclusive On Demand  
feature, you can personalize your phone’s data services  
to suit your needs. The On Demand feature makes it  
easier than ever to receive the most popular Web  
information and categories instantly. On Demand uses  
the ZIP code you provide to customize the content you  
receive, so you can get the information you want, when  
you want it.  
On Demand acts like a PC browser’s customized home  
page, displaying a variety of top categories such as  
News, Sports, Weather, Money, Movies, and more. This  
information is updated throughout the day, so you’ll  
always be up-to-date.  
47  
Initializing Your On Demand Service  
To initialize your phone’s On Demand service:  
1. Select  
> On Demand.  
2. Enter your preferred ZIP code and press OK.  
(The On Demand service will customize itself to your  
selected location and the On Demand menu screen will  
be displayed.)  
Accessing On Demand Information  
Finding the information you’re looking for with On Demand is as  
easy as navigating a Web browser on your PC. (The following  
example will illustrate how to access News information.)  
To access News information using On Demand:  
1. Select  
will be displayed.)  
2. From the On Demand menu screen, highlight a category  
> On Demand. (The On Demand menu screen  
(in this case, News) and press  
. (You will be presented  
with a list of headline news.)  
3. You can view more news by selecting Options > More  
News. (You will be presented with a list of available  
news categories.)  
4. Use your navigation key to scroll through the news  
categories or stories. If applicable, the left and right  
softkeys will offer additional options.  
48  
Select other categories, such as Weather, Sports, and  
Movies, from the On Demand main screen and enjoy  
the feature-rich contents of On Demand.  
Every category offers you the capability to customize  
news and information based on your preference.  
Updating On Demand Information  
The On Demand news and information is automatically  
delivered to your phone four times a day. You can also  
select how your phone receives updates.  
To manually retrieve On Demand updates:  
From an On Demand category page (such as  
News), select Options > Update. (Your phone will  
retrieve updates for the selected category.)  
To enable or disable automatic On Demand updates:  
From the On Demand main screen, select Options  
> Configure, and then select your desired setting.  
49  
Previewing On Demand in Themes  
You can preview the On Demand news and weather information  
right on your phone’s standby screen using a theme. Download  
and apply any theme, and then select the On Demand icon in  
your theme’s standby screen. An On Demand window will pop  
up and display a snapshot of the On Demand news and weather  
information. See “Themes” on page 54 for more information on  
using and applying themes on your phone.  
50  
Phone as Modem  
Your phone’s data capabilities enable you to use its high-  
speed data connection as a modem for your laptop  
computer. You’ll be able to send and receive email,  
browse the Internet, and access your company’s network  
anywhere on the Sprint Power Vision Network.  
51  
To use this service, you are required to sign up on a  
Sprint Power Vision with Phone as Modem plan. Go  
to www.sprint.com or visit a Sprint Store for phone as  
modem plan details and more information.  
Note:  
Setting Up a Data Connection With Your PC  
In order to use your phone as a modem, you’ll first need to  
load the Sprint PCS Connection ManagerSM software on your  
PC. Connect your phone to your PC using a USB cable or built-  
in connection on Bluetooth-enabled phones.  
To set up your phone-to-PC data connection:  
1. From your computer’s traditional Internet connection,  
go to www.sprint.com and download the Sprint PCS  
Connection ManagerSM software. (The software and  
drivers can be downloaded free of charge.)  
2. Double-click the downloaded file and follow the  
onscreen instructions to install the Sprint PCS  
Connection Manager software and drivers to  
your PC.  
3. Once the software has been fully installed, connect your  
phone to your PC using a USB cable or built-in  
connection on Bluetooth-enabled phones. (Your PC will  
detect the connection and a status icon may appear in  
your system tray.)  
4. Launch the Sprint PCS Connection Manager software,  
select a profile, and click Connect.  
52  
5. Once the connection is established, launch an  
Internet session, check your email, or do anything  
else you would do using a traditional data  
connection.  
6. When you’re ready to terminate the data  
connection, double-click the Sprint PCS  
Connection Manager icon in the system tray, and  
then click Disconnect to end the session.  
While your data connection is active, you will not be  
able to receive incoming calls; all incoming calls will  
be forwarded to your Sprint PCS Voicemail. Placing  
an outgoing call during a data session terminates  
the data connection.  
Note:  
Sprint PCS Vision services are available on the  
Nationwide Sprint PCS Network. Sprint Power Vision  
services work anywhere on the Nationwide Sprint PCS  
Network, but broadband-like download speeds are  
only available in areas with high-speed data coverage.  
53  
Themes  
Express your style and interests by customizing the  
appearance and features of your phone’s Standby Screen,  
Main Menu, and My Favorites screens with your choice of  
downloadable Themes. Select your favorite and enjoy rich  
background images, ringers, and instant access to  
information like sports updates from NFL themes,  
entertainment news from hip-hop themes, or weather  
updates from nature themes.  
54  
Downloading Themes  
You can select and download available themes right from  
your phone.  
To download an available theme to your phone:  
1. Select  
> My Content > Themes > Get New.  
(Your phone’s browser will start and take you to  
the Themes download menu.)  
2. Select a theme and press  
or Go to display its  
information page.  
3. Select Buy to purchase the theme. (The theme will  
download automatically. When the “New  
Download” screen appears, the theme has been  
successfully downloaded to your phone.)  
For more information about downloading content to  
your phone, please see “Downloading Content” on  
page 31.  
Tip:  
Applying Themes  
Once you’ve downloaded a theme, you can apply it to  
your phone from the Settings menu.  
To apply a downloaded theme:  
1. Select  
> Settings > Display > Themes.  
2. Select an available theme and press  
.
Your new theme will populate your phone’s standby  
screen, main menu, and will add a new, customizable  
My Favorites screen, giving you easy access to your  
favorite menus and phone applications.  
55  
56  
Music 24–30  
Sirius Music 29  
Index  
B
Streaming Music 30  
My Content Manager 34  
Bookmarks  
Accessing 45  
Creating 44  
Deleting 45  
N
Net Guard 7  
Browser Menu 43  
O
On Demand 47–50  
C
Chat 20  
P
Phone as Modem 51–53  
Picture Mail 11–16  
D
Data Connection  
Launching 6  
Status and Indicators 8  
Downloading Content  
31–35  
R
Ringers 38–39  
S
Screen Savers 40–41  
Sirius Music 29  
Sprint Music Store 25–28  
Accessing 25  
E
Email 19  
G
Backing Up Music 28  
Downloading Music 26  
Playing Music 27  
Purchasing Music 26  
Sprint PCS Mail 18  
Sprint PCS Picture Mail  
11–16  
Password 13  
Recording Videos 14  
Sharing 15  
Games 36–37  
Getting Started 5  
I
Instant Messaging 20  
M
Messaging 17–21  
Chat 20  
Email 19  
Instant Messaging 20  
Sprint PCS Mail 18  
Taking Pictures 12  
57  
Sprint Power Vision  
Home Page 6  
Navigating the Web 9  
Sprint TV 22–23  
T
Themes 54–55  
U
User Name 5  
W
Web 42–46  
Navigating 9  
Welcome 1  
58  

TP Link Computer Accessories tl sg1048 User Manual
Sony CDX S2000 User Manual
Seagate Pulsar2 ST800FM0002 User Manual
Seagate MEDALIST 1270 ST31270A User Manual
Samsung SGH T719 User Manual
Samsung GH68 05956A User Manual
Saeco Coffee Makers Vienna DeLuxe VIENNADELUXE User Manual
Radio Shack CD 8400 User Manual
Philips CTS660BLK User Manual
Parrot Cell Phone 3200 LS COLOR PLUS User Manual